Strategic report and financial highlights 2023

abrdn plc

abrdn.com

Three years ago, we set out to fundamentally reshape our business.

Against a challenging backdrop, our strategy has formed a company that is better positioned for growth, driven by the evolving needs of our clients and customers.

This Strategic report and financial highlights 2023 for abrdn plc contains extracts from the Group's Annual report and accounts (ARA) 2023, and is not the Group's statutory accounts. For further information and a fuller understanding of the results and the state of affairs of the Group, please refer to the full ARA 2023 which can be found on our website at

www.abrdn.com/annualreport

Access to the website is available outside the UK, where comparable information may be different.

Certain measures such as adjusted operating profit, adjusted profit before tax, adjusted capital generation and cost/income ratio, are not defined under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and are therefore termed alternative performance measures (APMs).

APMs should be read together with the Group's consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of financial position and consolidated statement of cash flows, which are presented in the Group financial statements section of the ARA 2023. Further details on APMs are included in Supplementary information in the ARA 2023.

See Supplementary information in the ARA 2023 for details on assets under management and administration (AUMA), net flows and the investment performance calculation. Net flows in the Highlights page excludes liquidity flows as they are volatile and lower margin. It also excludes Lloyds Banking Group (LBG) tranche withdrawals in 2022 relating to the settlement of arbitration with LBG.

The auditor's report on the full accounts for the year ended 31 December 2023 was unqualified, and their statement under section 496 of the Companies Act 2006 (whether the Strategic Report and the Directors' Report are consistent with the accounts) was unqualified.

Our reporting suite

This report forms part of our reporting suite.

Sustainability and TCFD report

The focus of this report is to extend our climate-related disclosure beyond our Annual report and update on other material sustainability topics for abrdn.

Stewardship report

Sets out our application of the 12 principles of the UK Stewardship Code, as investors.

Modern slavery statement

Our disclosure in line with the UK Modern Slavery Act, detailing our work to mitigate related risks.

Strategic report
At a glance	2
Chairman's statement	6
Chief Executive Officer's review	9
Our business model and strategy	12
Performance overview	18
Our businesses	20
Sustainability	38
Key performance indicators	60
Chief Financial Officer's overview	62
Risk management	76
Governance
Board of Directors	80
Remuneration	84
Financial information
Consolidated financial information	91
Other information
Glossary	94
Shareholder information	97
Forward-looking statements	98
Contact us	IBC

This symbol indicates further information is available within this document or on our corporate website.

Download this report from: www.abrdn.com/annualreport

Highlights

Adjusted operating profit APM

£249m

2022: £263m

IFRS loss before tax

(£6m) 2022: (£612m)1

Full year dividend per share

14.6p 2022: 14.6p

Investment performance (% of AUM above benchmark over three years)

42%

2022: 65%

Net flows (Excl. liquidity and LBG)

£13.9bn outflow 2022: £10.3bn outflow

MSCI ESG rating

AA 2022: AAA

Comparatives have been restated for the HASL implementation of IFRS 17. Refer Basis of preparation in the Group financial statements section of the ARA 2023.

abrdn is a modern investment company that helps clients and customers plan, save and invest for the future

Specialist asset management

Investments

Our capabilities in our Investments business are built on the strength of our insight – generated from wideranging research, worldwide investment expertise and local market knowledge.

Our clients:

Insurance companies
Sovereign wealth funds
Independent wealth managers
Pension funds
Platforms
Banks
Family offices

Adjusted operating profit £50m

AUM £366.7bn

Cost/income ratio 94%

UK savings and wealth platforms

Adviser

Our Adviser business, the UK's second largest advised platform by AUA, provides financial planning solutions and technology for UK financial advisers which enables them to create value for their businesses and their clients.

Our clients:

Financial advisers
Discretionary fund managers

Adjusted operating profit £118m

AUMA £73.5bn

Cost/income ratio 47%

interactive investor (ii) 1

Powered by the UK's second-largest direct-to-consumer investment platform, our interactive investor business enables individuals in the UK to plan, save and invest in the way that works for them.

Our clients:

– Individuals

Adjusted operating profit £114m

AUMA £66.0bn

Cost/income ratio 60%

Read more about our three businesses on pages 20 to 37. Overall performance summary is included on page 70.

Personal has been renamed ii and includes Personal Wealth unless otherwise stated.

Our purpose To enable our clients to be better investors

What sets us apart

A diversified business supporting clients at all financial stages

Trusted brands with strong market positions

At a glance

the future

Specialist asset management

Our capabilities in our Investments business are built on the strength of our insight – generated from wideranging research, worldwide investment expertise and local

Investments

market knowledge.

– Insurance companies – Sovereign wealth funds – Independent wealth managers

Adjusted operating profit

Our clients:

£50m

£366.7bn

Cost/income ratio

AUM

94%

– Pension funds – Platforms – Banks – Family offices

Personal has been renamed ii and includes Personal Wealth unless otherwise stated.

abrdn is a modern investment

company that helps clients and

customers plan, save and invest for

UK savings and wealth platforms

interactive investor (ii)

that works for them.

Adjusted operating profit

Our clients: – Individuals

£114m

£66.0bn

Cost/income ratio

AUMA

60%

Read more about our three businesses on pages 20 to 37. Overall performance

Powered by the UK's second-largest direct-to-consumer investment platform, our interactive investor business enables individuals in the UK to plan, save and invest in the way

Adviser

their clients. Our clients:

£118m

£73.5bn

Cost/income ratio

AUMA

47%

– Financial advisers

– Discretionary fund managers

summary is included on page 70.

Adjusted operating profit

Diversified, multiclient segment business model creating aresilient organisation

Positive and decisive action to strengthen the business model

Embedding AI and technology in the business

Strong commitment to sustainability and climate action

Industryleading platforms enabling enhanced client service and value

Operating in markets with structural growth characteristics

Strong balance sheet and shareholder returns

Shaped by our cultural commitments

We put the client first We are empowered We are ambitious We are transparent

Read more about our culture on pages 48 and 49.

Our strategy in action

At the start of 2021, we set out our three-year strategy to build a diversified business that could be successful through market-cycles. We have refocused on areas of strength, selling non-core elements with lower growth and profitability, and making strategic and bolt-on acquisitions to add high value capabilities.

abrdn has fundamentally transformed. We now have a differentiated value proposition, providing full lifecycle service through our investment content and wealth platforms.

Our strategy in action

Our strategy

acquisitions to add high value capabilities.

At the start of 2021, we set out our three-year strategy to build a

lower growth and profitability, and making strategic and bolt-on

diversified business that could be successful through market-cycles. We

have refocused on areas of strength, selling non-core elements with

abrdn has fundamentally transformed. We now have a differentiated value proposition, providing full lifecycle service through our investment

in action

content and wealth platforms.

Adapting to succeed in an evolving sector

Context is important when reviewing progress made during 2023.

Last year, many of the headwinds facing active asset managers grew stronger, accelerating our drive to reshape abrdn to be more resilient within and across economic cycles. Notably, the year saw continuation, right across the market, of asset allocations trending away from investment in equities, from emerging markets and from commercial real estate, all reflecting both changes in risk appetite as well as the reemergence of competing cash and liquidity products with attractive yields, as interest rates rose markedly to combat stubbornly high inflation.

This latter point was particularly relevant as, both in the UK and in the US, investors could capture risk-free returns in excess of 5% for the first time in 15 years at a time of heightened economic uncertainty. Continuing outflows from UK equity funds marked 43 consecutive months of outflow, in part due to the change in risk preference described above. Equally important was the continuing run-off of closed defined benefit UK pension schemes' investment in UK listed equities, as they completed their transition to liability driven strategies or transferred their obligations to the insurance market.

Investment through defined contribution retirement schemes compensated only partially, as contribution rates are significantly lower than those of defined benefit pension schemes and equity allocations there are primarily to global equity products in which UK listed companies are a very small component. Recently released ONS figures illustrate the impact of these structural shifts in asset allocation, evidencing that UK pension schemes and insurers combined held only 4% of UK listed equities, declining from around half in the early 1990s.

This structural shift in the relative importance of the UK institutional market underlines the significance of our recent diversification to get closer to the end investor through investment in our Adviser and ii businesses. As will be noted in our results for 2023, in a weak year for our Investments business, in part due to continued restructuring, our two platform businesses grew their contribution to adjusted operating profit to £232m, thereby contributing 93% of the Group total.

Macroeconomic and geopolitical backdrop

Chairman's statement

sector

Adapting to

succeed in

an evolving

Context is important when reviewing progress made

1990s.

both changes in risk appetite as well as the reemergence of competing cash and liquidity products with attractive yields, as interest rates rose markedly to

combat stubbornly high inflation.

during 2023.

Investment activity in 2023 also faced challenges from the macroeconomic and geopolitical environments. The horrendous attack against Israel on October 7th precipitated a powerful military response which is still ongoing, with fears of a wider Middle East conflict impacting investor sentiment. This added to concerns over the continuing war in Ukraine. Economically, cost of living burdens in the UK from continuing inflation constrained the flow of funds into retail savings products and indeed we saw some withdrawal from savings pots as household budgets were stretched. With major elections in 2024, notably in the US and the UK, but extending into some 50 countries, the resulting politically charged policy narratives added to investment uncertainty. Helpfully, market levels improved in the final quarter of 2023 as feared recessions seemed less likely and inflationary threats were downgraded leading to markets discounting earlier and larger interest rate reductions than previously expected.

UK Capital Market restructuring initiatives and demographic saving challenges

The decline in UK institutional participation in UK listed equity markets referred to above, together with a decline in new listings in London and UK listed company departures to other listing venues deemed more attractive, precipitated considerable attention from within the financial industry, the media and government. This led to a number of initiatives supported by government, industry and the regulatory community to remove barriers deemed to contribute to a lack of competitiveness, as well as introducing reforms designed to modernise UK capital markets. Of particular note were the so-called Edinburgh Reforms, the Mansion House Reforms as well as the work of the Capital Markets Industry Taskforce and the FCA's proposed listing regime reforms.

As a leading investment business in the UK, we supported these initiatives and believe adoption of the measures contained within them are hugely important to the delivery of a stronger UK economy and a more competitive financial sector environment, through which UK listed businesses can attract both the funding and talent to be more successful. In 2023 we cosponsored a report by the think-tank New Financial that provided an analysis of many of the key issues underlying this agenda and we look forward to playing our part in supporting adoption.

The Mansion House Reforms were also particularly important in highlighting the relatively lower returns in pooled retirement savings in the UK in defined contribution schemes, as a consequence of both the large number of small schemes and a lower risk appetite within such schemes than seen in other leading economies. The savings gap opening up from this low risk tolerance, together with the lower mandatory contribution rates in the UK, risk contributing to a demographic timebomb as current generations of scheme participants are likely to reach retirement with inadequate funds to meet their expectations of a comfortable retirement. Our industry along with our regulators and policymakers need to work together to

ensure people are properly informed of the responsibility increasingly placed on the individual to build adequate funds to support retirement. This is a theme where abrdn plans to have a leading voice and we are positioning our Adviser and ii businesses to play a prominent role; Stephen highlights the steps we are taking in his review.

Progress on delivering on our strategic ambitions and performance in the year

With revenue growth in 2023 expected to be very challenging given the economic and geopolitical backdrop described above, we set one of our priorities for 2023 to eliminate some £75m of costs, excluding that derived from business disposals. In part, this was achieved through consolidating or closing sub-scale funds and sharpening the focus of the investment strategies offered to clients. All of this was achieved and is discussed more fully in the Chief Executive Officer's review.

However, the scale of revenue reduction in 2023 as a consequence of market levels, risk reduction by clients to less remunerated strategies and net outflows in the Investments business far exceeded the cost savings achieved, leading to the continuation of an unsatisfactory ratio of cost to revenues in the Investments business. Performance in our other two businesses was good and in line with our expectations but that good performance was overshadowed by the unsatisfactory profitability within Investments. As a consequence, the Board spent the majority of its meetings in 2023 analysing in detail the shape of the Investments business against market trends and determining what actions were necessary and within our control to rebuild the profitability of the business on a sustainable basis.

This culminated in the announcement made on 24 January that a more significant reorganisation and simplification of the business than previously contemplated was needed to address the ongoing pressure on revenues from changing patterns of asset allocation, in particular the greater institutional adoption of passive and low cost thematic strategies. As announced, the actions planned throughout 2024 and 2025 are designed to take at least £150m from the cost base within the Investments business and from functional costs. Stephen discusses the necessary actions in more detail in his review.

To build a sustainable business and to grow we need to invest at the same time and this requires reallocation of capital resources within abrdn.

During 2023 we completed the disposal of our non-core stakes in HDFC Life and HDFC Asset Management, which augmented our capital position by £576m. The sale of abrdn Capital which was announced alongside our 2022 results completed in September 2023 at the agreed price of £140m adding a further £124m to our capital position. We also completed the sale of our US private equity and venture capital business in October and in the same month announced the sale of our European-headquartered private equity business to Nasdaq-listed Patria Investments. This reshaping of our footprint and capabilities allowed us to focus on

business areas where we have better growth prospects and comparative advantage and by reducing complexity, we are reducing costs.

As promised, we reinvested a portion of the capital released through the above disposals to fill out gaps in our Investments business and add technology capabilities and marketing resources in our Adviser and ii businesses. In October, we completed the acquisition of the healthcare fund management capabilities of Tekla Capital Management bringing into the Group \$2.8bn of funds under management and more importantly, adding a distinctive capability in listed healthcare and biotech thematic closed-end funds. Together with other recent closed-end fund acquisitions this positions abrdn as the third largest manager of closed-end funds globally. Investment in our Adviser and ii business during 2023 to build organic growth opportunities are covered in Stephen's review.

When we reported our results for 2022 we indicated that our intention was to make a similar return of capital in 2023 as had been delivered in 2022, dependent on successful non-core stake realisation and retaining necessary funds for investment; this we have delivered through a further buyback of c£300m of shares and the maintenance of the interim dividend at 7.3p per share. The Board is recommending to shareholders a final dividend of 7.3p per share subject to their approval at the upcoming AGM to bring the total return to shareholders in respect of 2023 to £567m (2022: £595m).

We are updating one of our key performance indicators moving forward, from adjusted capital generation to net capital generation. This metric more closely aligns with the dividend paying capability of the Company over the long term.

Board

As previously announced, both Stephanie Bruce, our CFO and Brian McBride, a non-executive director did not seek re-election at the 2023 Annual General Meeting at which their significant contributions to the development of abrdn were recognised. We wish them both well in the next stages of their careers.

In October last year, we welcomed Jason Windsor as our new CFO. Jason joined from Persimmon plc having spent the vast majority of his career hitherto in financial services. His financial industry experience and expertise were gained notably through 12 years at Aviva, latterly as Group Chief Financial Officer. Prior to that, he spent 15 years at Morgan Stanley in both London and Singapore, rising to be a Managing Director within its Investment Banking Division. Jason has made an excellent start at abrdn, and we all are looking forward to working with him more closely in delivering our strategy.

Catherine Bradley has advised that she will not seek reelection at the Company's Annual General Meeting on 24 April 2024 and will stand down from that date as a Non-Executive Director and as Chair of the Audit Committee. On behalf of the Board and all my colleagues, I would like to thank Catherine for her significant contribution to abrdn and our Board and

Committee discussions. Earlier this year Catherine took on the chair of ii, our direct-to-consumer investments business, and she has concluded she should dedicate her available time commitment to this responsibility. I'm delighted she will remain connected with abrdn through her ii appointment where we will continue to benefit from her breadth of consumer, financial and regulatory experience as we continue to grow ii and the critical role it plays within the Group.

Outlook

Given all current uncertainties, it is hard to form a clear outlook for 2024 and beyond. Our base case assumes no major escalation in global inflationary pressures across the major global economies or an escalation of geopolitical tensions and assumes policy interest rates in the US and the UK have peaked. We assume that, notwithstanding some harsh rhetoric inevitable in an election year, the US-China mutually beneficial trade relationship will remain intact. With the US appearing to be successful in engineering a soft landing after an aggressive succession of interest rate hikes, upside to the global economy rests upon the US maintaining its solid growth trajectory and China resuming its contribution as a key driver of global growth and as a major part of the supply chain in the transition to a lower carbon future. Given other geopolitical tensions, the US-China relationship remains a top issue in the investment world. Their shared global economic leadership has led to an understanding of mutual dependency and notwithstanding tension over high-end semiconductors and critical minerals, the resumption of trade dialogues and senior visits are encouraging for the global economy. Outlook for the UK and the rest of Europe is more muted, with it recently being confirmed that the UK had entered a modest recession; the investment picture is likely to remain cautious given electoral uncertainty and the lagging impact of wage increases and tax changes on consumer confidence.

We enter 2024 with a clear plan of what we need to do to build a sustainable business with good growth prospects and an efficient cost structure; our industry is evolving rapidly as technology enables the offer of ever more sophisticated tailored investment themes and solutions at low cost. Proximity to the end consumer and an understanding of their investment preferences and the route through which they choose to invest will be critical. abrdn is well positioned for this evolution in terms of the mix of our businesses and the talent and financial resources needed to succeed.

Sir Douglas Flint Chair

Chairman's statement continued

complexity, we are reducing costs.

business areas where we have better growth prospects

and senior visits are encouraging for the global economy. Outlook for the UK and the rest of Europe is more muted, with it recently being confirmed that the UK had entered a modest recession; the investment picture is likely to remain cautious given electoral uncertainty and the lagging impact of wage increases

and tax changes on consumer confidence.

resources needed to succeed.

Sir Douglas Flint

Chair

it plays within the Group.

Outlook

capabilities and marketing resources in our Adviser and ii businesses. In October, we completed the acquisition of the healthcare fund management capabilities of Tekla Capital Management bringing into the Group \$2.8bn of funds under management and more importantly, adding a distinctive capability in listed healthcare and biotech thematic closed-end funds. Together with other recent closed-end fund acquisitions this positions abrdn as the third largest manager of closed-end funds globally. Investment in our Adviser and

and comparative advantage and by reducing

our Investments business and add technology

ii business during 2023 to build organic growth opportunities are covered in Stephen's review.

(2022: £595m).

long term.

Board

strategy.

both well in the next stages of their careers.

As promised, we reinvested a portion of the capital released through the above disposals to fill out gaps in

Building a modern investment company

We have continued with our determination to build a modern investment company that is capable of thriving in a changing marketplace. In January of 2024, we took the next step in that process, announcing a £150m cost transformation programme to accelerate the delivery of a more sustainable cost base that can support appropriate long-term profitability. The need to continue applying downward pressure on costs was underlined by another challenging year. Throughout 2023, the 'higher for longer' rate environment across developed economies put sustained pressure on most asset classes, and while the market now expects a reversal over 2024, there is no doubt that we have felt the effects in our Investments business. The upside is the impact higher rates have had on income in Adviser and ii, underscoring the benefits of our diversified business model, which delivers through the economic cycle.

When we embarked on our transformation journey back in 2021, not many would have foreseen the level of global economic and geopolitical turmoil we have since experienced. That has inevitably hindered our progress, and directly impacted performance. Nonetheless, as pages 4 and 5 demonstrate, we have moved at pace to evolve the business and create a model that is better suited to the modern investment landscape, better

aligned to the products and services clients will want in the coming years and better positioned for future growth.

A platform for growth

As we look ahead, we now have a platform to build on, connecting our investment content capabilities on the one hand, with our market leading wealth platforms on the other. We are able to identify where demand is going and react more quickly than ever, using data sharing between businesses to design better products and creating tailor-made solutions in Investments that meet the needs of clients and customers in Adviser, ii, and the wider market.

Sensitivity to rates and markets has been mitigated by our more diverse business model. We are also well positioned to take advantage across the group when rates do start to come down, with a move to risk-on giving oxygen to Investments, an easing of the cost-ofliving pressures that have impacted Adviser, and a return of investor confidence supporting an increase in subscriptions and trading volumes for ii.

2023 performance

At £249m (2022: £263m), adjusted operating profit is down 5% on the previous year. While Adviser and ii both increased profitability, this was more than offset by falling revenue in Investments where market conditions had a substantial impact, as seen across the sector. Overall, we are reporting an IFRS profit for the year of £12m (2022 restated: loss £546m), this improvement reflects a reduction in impairment of intangible assets and restructuring costs.

Our determination to manage our cost base is evident in a 4% reduction in adjusted operating expenses, even including a full 12 months of ii (compared to 7 months in 2022). We exceeded our target to remove £75m in cost from the Investments business, delivering savings of £102m in the year, and we have since set out plans for a new transformation programme that will deliver a material improvement to our cost/income ratio.

As detailed below, we have maintained our disciplined approach to capital allocation in 2023. Jason outlines our performance in detail in the Chief Financial Officer's overview.

A leaner and more relevant Investments business

After another year of substantial change, we finished 2023 with a leaner, more relevant Investments business. With the sale of our US Private Equity franchise and agreement to sell our European Private Equity franchise, and having continued to deliver on our fund rationalisation programme with the closure of a further c60 funds in 2023, our more focused offering is based upon areas of real strength and scale across public markets and alternatives.

This simplification enabled us to go beyond our £75m cost reduction target.

Investment performance over the three and five-year time periods has weakened, with 42% (2022: 65%) and 52% (2022: 58%) of AUM covered by this metric ahead of benchmark respectively. The drop in the three-year performance reflects a challenging period for active managers, particularly those with a quality equity investment style with a bias towards Asia and Emerging Markets. Our new Chief Investment Officer, Peter Branner, who joined us in 2023, is leading a wide-ranging programme of work to review and strengthen our investment processes. You can read more about this work in the Investments section on page 22.

The creation of a more focused Investments business has been accompanied through the careful deployment of capital in select areas where we see good growth opportunities. Our acquisition of the fund management capabilities of Boston-based Tekla

Capital Management has added specialist knowledge in the healthcare and biotech sector, an area we have identified as one of a small number of megatrends that are expected to offer exciting investing opportunities in the future. Alongside Tekla, the acquisition of other closed-end funds from Macquarie and the proposed acquisition of funds from First Trust, would collectively add £3.6bn in AUM and strengthen abrdn's position as one of the world's leading players in closed-end funds.

Leading positions in the structurally attractive UK savings and wealth market

With an ageing population and the ongoing shift toward individuals having to take a greater amount of responsibility for their own financial futures, the longterm structural growth factors underpinning the UK savings and wealth market are well known. In that context, owning two of the leading platform businesses in the sector puts abrdn in a strong position, and the work we have done this year to strengthen those businesses for the future only adds to that potential.

While the continuation of difficult market conditions through 2023 undoubtedly had some impact across both our Adviser and ii businesses, this was mitigated by increased treasury income that supported improved adjusted operating profit in both Adviser and ii. We note that the FCA has been considering the retention of interest earned on cash balances and we have been working with them to ensure they understand our approach. We are confident that both Adviser and ii offer clients and customers fair and transparent fee structures.

In Adviser, 2023 saw the largest and most advanced platform technology upgrade that we have undertaken. As expected, this caused some disruption to service, but by year-end service levels were returning to normal, and we can now offer, and build upon, a far superior user experience for our clients. As announced back in May 2023, this will also see us roll out adviserOS this year – a new way of delivering platform services to clients that will enhance our proposition, extend client capacity, and differentiate abrdn from the wider market.

The year saw our Managed Portfolio Services (MPS) team shift to Adviser from our ii business. We anticipate strong demand from advisers and believe there is a significant opportunity for further growth here. The same applies to the launch of our own on-platform SIPP and Junior SIPP in 2024.

ii also benefited from a significant technology update in 2023 that allowed the platform to remain ahead in what is a rapidly developing sector. While market conditions dampened customer acquisition and trading activity, we enjoyed the comparative resilience afforded by our subscription model and proved our strength by increasing our share of market trades over the year. ii also delivered the highest net AUA inflows across UK D2C platforms in 2023, according to Direct Matters.

Important work to optimise the business model within ii was also delivered. The sale of our discretionary fund management business to LGT in September underlined our disciplined approach to capital allocation. The simplification and integration of our Financial Planning

and ii teams showed that we can cut cost while creating a model we can better leverage for our customers.

Another customer-led development was the launch of our Investor Essentials and Pension Essentials products, offering lower prices to customers with smaller investment pots and widening out the breadth of the market for whom ii becomes the best choice on price. We expect these innovations, and investment in our brand, will support higher customer acquisition over time, especially as conditions begin to support improved investor confidence.

Disciplined capital management

Chief Executive Officer's review continued

on investment performance.

2023 performance

and restructuring costs.

overview.

Our new transformation programme will deliver an annualised cost reduction of at least £150m by the end of 2025. Approximately 80% of the cost reduction benefits will be in our core Investments business. The programme is targeting the removal of management layers, increasing spans of control, and reducing overheads. We will implement this programme with minimal impact to client service and at all times focusing Capital Management has added specialist knowledge in the healthcare and biotech sector, an area we have identified as one of a small number of megatrends that are expected to offer exciting investing opportunities in the future. Alongside Tekla, the acquisition of other closed-end funds from Macquarie and the proposed acquisition of funds from First Trust, would collectively add £3.6bn in AUM and strengthen abrdn's position as one of the world's leading players in closed-end funds.

Leading positions in the structurally attractive UK

With an ageing population and the ongoing shift toward

and differentiate abrdn from the wider market. The year saw our Managed Portfolio Services (MPS) team shift to Adviser from our ii business. We anticipate strong demand from advisers and believe there is a significant opportunity for further growth here. The same applies to the launch of our own on-platform SIPP

subscription model and proved our strength by increasing our share of market trades over the year. ii also delivered the highest net AUA inflows across UK D2C platforms in 2023, according to Direct Matters. Important work to optimise the business model within ii was also delivered. The sale of our discretionary fund management business to LGT in September underlined our disciplined approach to capital allocation. The simplification and integration of our Financial Planning

individuals having to take a greater amount of responsibility for their own financial futures, the longterm structural growth factors underpinning the UK savings and wealth market are well known. In that context, owning two of the leading platform businesses in the sector puts abrdn in a strong position, and the work we have done this year to strengthen those businesses for the future only adds to that potential. While the continuation of difficult market conditions through 2023 undoubtedly had some impact across both our Adviser and ii businesses, this was mitigated by increased treasury income that supported improved adjusted operating profit in both Adviser and ii. We note that the FCA has been considering the retention of interest earned on cash balances and we have been working with them to ensure they understand our approach. We are confident that both Adviser and ii offer clients and customers fair and transparent fee

savings and wealth market

structures.

and Junior SIPP in 2024.

As detailed below, we have maintained our disciplined approach to capital allocation in 2023. Jason outlines our performance in detail in the Chief Financial Officer's

A leaner and more relevant Investments business After another year of substantial change, we finished 2023 with a leaner, more relevant Investments business. With the sale of our US Private Equity franchise and agreement to sell our European Private Equity franchise,

rationalisation programme with the closure of a further c60 funds in 2023, our more focused offering is based upon areas of real strength and scale across public

This simplification enabled us to go beyond our £75m

and having continued to deliver on our fund

work in the Investments section on page 22.

has been accompanied through the careful deployment of capital in select areas where we see good growth opportunities. Our acquisition of the fund management capabilities of Boston-based Tekla

The creation of a more focused Investments business

markets and alternatives.

cost reduction target.

The indicative CET1 resources at 31 December 2023 were £1.5bn (2022: £1.3bn) with a coverage of 139% (2022: 123%). This was facilitated by another year of disciplined capital management, during which we carefully balanced non-core divestments with a combination of targeted investment in the business and continued returns to shareholders.

Organic cash generation and efficient stake sales generated £875m. Consistent with the previous year, we returned c£600m to shareholders in the form of dividends and share buybacks, and reinvested £152m largely to continue growing our closed-end fund business.

We plan to deploy surplus capital to fund the delivery of the £150m cost savings we have outlined and may use the proceeds from divestments to support bolt-on acquisitions within key thematic markets. The Board's current intention is to pay a total annual dividend of 14.6p until it is covered at least 1.5 times by adjusted capital generation, at which point the Board will seek to grow the dividend in line with its assessment of the underlying medium-term growth in profitability.

Playing our part in creating a more sustainable world

The unfortunate sequence of global crises we have experienced in recent years may have drawn some attention away from the challenges we face on climate change but the urgency around the need to respond is only intensifying. Our Sustainable Investing team were present for the COP28 meeting in the UAE in November where we were encouraged by agreement for the first time on a transition away from fossil fuels, which we believe can be a catalyst for meaningful action. We continue to contribute from two angles; careful management of our own operations to limit our climate impact, where we are exceeding our objective of a 50% reduction in reported operational emissions by 2025 with currently a 69% reduction versus our 2018 base year; and a deeply embedded approach to sustainable investing that we have cultivated over many years with an ongoing reduction being reported for 2023 in the carbon intensity of in-scope public market and real estate assets, meaning we are also on track to meet our targets in this area (see page 45 for more detail). Another key aspect of our sustainability agenda is our commitment to offering an inclusive and supportive working environment.

We have specific approaches in place to address gender, ethnicity and social mobility imbalances and recorded another successive year of reducing our gender pay gap. You can read about our efforts in more detail on page 53.

At a headline level, we saw overall employee engagement remain at similar levels to last year, despite a backdrop of challenging market conditions and ongoing change within the business. The external environment, coupled with the scale of change as we transform our business, have undoubtedly been challenging for our colleagues. Across the company they have shown deep commitment to our clients and a huge will to rebuild the firm's success. On behalf of the Board and the management team, I'd like to thank everyone across the business for their hard work, skill and determination.

The next phase of our progress

Over the last three years we have moved at pace to reshape the company and create a business model that is fit for the future. We now have more ways to win, particularly through our enhanced exposure to the highly attractive UK savings and wealth market, but also with a more focused and more efficient Investments business. This means we are already far better equipped to address the well-known challenges facing active asset management. However, we have also recognised the need to go further still in transforming our Investments business. The transformation programme set out in January will deliver a leaner, more profitable Investments business to go alongside our two leading platform businesses. We are clear that there is more work to do but we are confident in the trajectory that we have created and the progress that we are making. Our goal is for all three businesses to make their appropriate contribution to Group earnings and in doing so, create a sustainably profitable abrdn.

Stephen Bird Chief Executive Officer

Building a modern investment company

Positioned for success through the economic cycle

Driven by our purpose to enable our clients to be better investors, we have strengthened our business model through effective capital management and investment to create strong foundations for growth.

Our strengths and resources

Specialist asset manager providing investment solutions to meet complex needs.

Sustainable investment considerations integral to our investment process.

Strong UK adviser platform offering, powered by leading technology.

UK's second largest direct-toconsumer investment platform.

Strong balance sheetto drive shareholder value.

Positioned to benefit from key investment market opportunities

1

Continued growth opportunities in Asia and emerging markets, driven by:

Demographics
Urbanisation
Economic opportunity – Wealth effect
2

Energy transition seen across every industry including:

Homes
Transportation
Construction

3

Democratisation of technology and investment

– People empowered to shape their own investment decisions

An efficient, diversified model

Strengthened, simplified business

Strategic focus
Robust governance
Effective capital management

Driving investment in long-term growth

People
Product
Technology

Structured around three complementary businesses

Delivered through strong operational processes

Controlled processes

Our control environment helps us manage risk effectively, provide business security and maintain operational resilience.

Efficient operations

We are building our operating model for agility, speed and efficiency, supported by technology which aims to deliver the best possible experience.

Long-term value created

Our business model

Building a modern

Positioned for success through

Driven by our purpose to enable our clients to be better investors, we have strengthened our

management and investment to create strong

business model through effective capital

the economic cycle

foundations for growth.

Our strengths and resources

Specialist asset manager providing investment solutions to

meet complex needs.

Sustainable investment considerations integral to our

Strong UK adviser platform offering, powered by leading

UK's second largest direct-toconsumer investment platform.

Strong balance sheetto drive

shareholder value.

investment process.

technology.

investment company

Positioned to benefit from key investment market

Continued growth opportunities in Asia and emerging markets, driven

opportunities

– Demographics – Urbanisation

– Wealth effect

– Homes – Transportation – Construction

and investment

decisions

– Economic opportunity

Energy transition seen across every industry including:

Democratisation of technology

– People empowered to shape their own investment

by:

Delivered through strong operational processes

An efficient, diversified

– Strategic focus – Robust governance

Strengthened, simplified business

– Effective capital management

Driving investment in long-term

Structured around three complementary businesses

Investments Adviser ii

model

growth – People – Product – Technology

Our control environment helps us manage risk effectively, provide business security and maintain

We are building our operating model for agility, speed and efficiency, supported by

technology which aims to deliver the best possible experience.

Controlled processes

operational resilience.

Efficient operations

Diversified business and a strong balance sheet support longterm value creation

Investment in long-term growth

Payment of dividends and the return of excess cash to shareholders

How we make money

We earn money mainly from asset management and platform fees based on AUMA. We also earn revenue from subscription and trading fees, and earn an interest margin on cash balances.

Value shared with stakeholders

Clients

We focus on delivering outcomes that truly matter to our clients. We draw on our expertise and insight with the aim of delivering long-term investment performance.

42%

Three-year investment performance

People

We aim to attract and develop the best people for leadership roles, and to offer clear pathways for career advancement.

54% Employee engagement score

Society

We have important responsibilities to society and the environment. We combine the power ofresponsible investment with the positive impact we can have through our operations.

No.1 Ranked asset manager by World Benchmarking Alliance

Shareholders

We aim to create sustainable shareholder value over the long term. We have a strong track record of returning value to shareholders.

14.6p Full year dividend

Read more in the Chief Financial Officer's overview on pages 62 to 75

Read more on Stakeholder engagement on pages 54 to 56

A strategy for client-led growth

A strong sustainable business means focusing on the areas where we have the scale and expertise to win. We have four clear strategic priorities where existing and emerging market opportunities, and the evolving needs of our clients, align to our areas of strength.

We remain deeply committed to growing our business in Asia. Our track record in specialist equities, means we are well placed to serve both clients in and outside of Asia looking to invest in the region.

While scrutiny of Environment, Social and Governance (ESG)approaches has intensified, clients still want to invest in a way that has the potential to make a difference as well as providing a financial return – whether that be through powering the energy transition, protecting biodiversity or driving positive social change.

We have created a suite of sustainability-focused solutions to meet client needs. We firmly believe that active engaged investment management is integral to providing the capital for positive change.

Progress

In 2021, we launched the abrdn Sustainability Institute in Singapore and hired René Buehlmann as CEO Asia Pacific, and then CEO of the Investments business in May 2023.
In 2022, we celebrated 30 years of investing in Asia.
We refocused our model in Asia Pacific exiting Taiwan and Australia and introducing distribution partnership models.
In 2023, we launched Strength in Asia, a major brand campaign in markets across APAC and Europe.
We led the region on driving Sustainable investing through the facilitation of Asia Sustainability Week.

Progress

In 2021, we launched our climate change fund range. We also created a new Chief Sustainability Officer position to ensure responsibility for this integral theme was represented at the most senior levels.
In 2022, we launched our MyFolio Sustainable Index range in support of clients' ESG goals and our Emerging Markets Sustainable Development Corporate Bond passed through the \$100m mark in its first year.
Over the course of the last two years, we have been running an engagement programme with the highest-financed emitters in our equity holdings, identifying clear milestones on the path to decarbonisation.

Our strategy

A strategy for

Asia

Asia looking to invest in the region.

– In 2021, we launched the abrdn Sustainability

Institute in Singapore and hired René Buehlmann as CEO Asia Pacific, and then CEO of the Investments

– In 2022, we celebrated 30 years of investing in Asia. – We refocused our model in Asia Pacific exiting Taiwan and Australia and introducing distribution

– In 2023, we launched Strength in Asia, a major brand campaign in markets across APAC and Europe. – We led the region on driving Sustainable investing through the facilitation of Asia Sustainability Week.

Progress

business in May 2023.

partnership models.

client-led growth

Asia is an economic powerhouse – and there's more to come. Long-term economic growth requires three things: an increasingly skilled workforce, investment in infrastructure, equipment and technology, and improving productivity. Asia's emerging markets demonstrate all three of these essential building blocks. We remain deeply committed to growing our business in Asia. Our track record in specialist equities, means we are well placed to serve both clients in and outside of

A strong sustainable business means focusing on the areas where we

priorities where existing and emerging market opportunities, and the

Sustainable

We have created a suite of sustainability-focused solutions to meet client needs. We firmly believe that active engaged investment management is integral to

– In 2021, we launched our climate change fund range. We also created a new Chief Sustainability Officer position to ensure responsibility for this integral theme was represented at the most senior

– In 2022, we launched our MyFolio Sustainable Index range in support of clients' ESG goals and our Emerging Markets Sustainable Development Corporate Bond passed through the \$100m mark in

– Over the course of the last two years, we have been running an engagement programme with the highest-financed emitters in our equity holdings, identifying clear milestones on the path to

providing the capital for positive change.

investing

social change.

Progress

levels.

its first year.

decarbonisation.

have the scale and expertise to win. We have four clear strategic

evolving needs of our clients, align to our areas of strength.

Alternatives

We believe we are in the foothills of the next tech super-cycle which will see revolutions in biotech and healthcare, clean tech, and digital assets. The best way to access investment in these areas will be Alternatives.

Our Alternatives business includes our capabilities in real assets, which comprises extensive global real estate expertise, infrastructure and commodities. It also offers clients access to major areas of European Private Credit, as well as compelling and innovative opportunities in the Hedge Fund sector.

The decline of defined benefit pensions, the significant advice gap and an ageing society mean it is more important than ever that UK investors have the tools and appropriate guidance or advice.

With ii offering market-leading direct investing and our platform providing a best-in-class proposition to the adviser market, we have successfully repositioned our business towards an increasingly attractive and growing UK savings and wealth market.

Progress

We have built out our Alternatives franchise to significant scale with £76bn of assets, particularly in real estate and logistics. Tritax, which we acquired in 2021 remains a leading player with two of the biggest listed logistics funds in the market.
In 2023, we were appointed by Border to Coast Pensions Partnership, one of the UK's largest asset owner pools, to support the launch and management of its UK Real Estate proposition.
We have enhanced our talent and structure, appointing new Heads of Private Credit and Real Estate.
We refocused the business through announcing the sale of non-core US and European Private Equity businesses.

Progress

Acquisition of interactive investor brought 400,000 new customers to the abrdn group.
Since the acquisition, ii has launched new products and price points, including Investor Essentials and Pensions Essentials, subscriptions at a lower price point designed to appeal to investors with less to invest. This makes ii the cheapest on the market for anyone with £15,000 or more to invest.
In 2023, we migrated 5,800 customers from Investments to ii to better service their needs.
In Adviser we have retained our 'A' rating for financial strength from leading independent consultancy firm AKG – with financial strength a key consideration for advisers when selecting their primary platform.
In 2023, we delivered a major technology upgrade to the platform to better service our adviser clients.

Our investments in action

As a specialist global investor with over £360bn of AUM, we help capital meet opportunity to support the world's everchanging needs. Informing our approach are a number of megatrends that are set to influence the shaping of the global economy, including decarbonisation, urbanisation and infrastructure development and a shift in economic power to the East.

London based private biopharmaceutical company Quell Therapeutics are working to deliver transformational and valued therapies addressing a range of autoimmune and inflammatory diseases, as well as preventing rejection in organ transplantation. We are invested through two of the four closed-end funds acquired from Boston based Tekla in 2023 to build out our capabilities in the biotech and healthcare sphere where technology advances and demographic changes are set to drive growing opportunities in the future.

Ten Boomgaard in Bruges is the first investment in Belgium on behalf of investors in the abrdn Pan-European Residential Property Fund (APER) which now has assets in 30 cities across 10 countries. As demand continues to rise for good quality housing in key European cities, the fund successfully raised over €100m in the last quarter of 2023.

The Mirasierra Gallery in Madrid has been recognised as the Best Retail Park in Spain by leading industry body Asociación Española de Centros y Parques Comerciales (AECC). Purchased for an institutional mandate, the Gallery brings together both retail and healthcare centres and was constructed with a core commitment to sustainable building management.

Our strategy continued

to the East.

future.

London based private biopharmaceutical company

transformational and valued therapies addressing a range of autoimmune and inflammatory diseases, as well as preventing rejection in organ transplantation. We are invested through two of the four closed-end funds acquired from Boston based Tekla in 2023 to build out our capabilities in the biotech and healthcare sphere where technology advances and demographic changes are set to drive growing opportunities in the

€100m in the last quarter of 2023.

Quell Therapeutics are working to deliver

Our investments in action

As a specialist global investor with over £360bn of AUM, we

help capital meet opportunity to support the world's ever-

changing needs. Informing our approach are a number of

global economy, including decarbonisation, urbanisation and

infrastructure development and a shift in economic power

megatrends that are set to influence the shaping of the

Power Grid Corporation of India is the country's largest electric power transmission utility, transmitting about 50% of the electricity used domestically. Invested in the company through abrdn's Asia Income fund, we see an opportunity to benefit from infrastructure spending and the massive push towards renewables and associated infrastructure in India.

Wessex Internet Limited and its majority shareholder, abrdn's third Infrastructure Fund, ASCI III, announced successfully securing an additional £35m funding in 2023 for the business's long term growth plans, bolstering the firm's mission to provide high-speed fibre to the home, and improved connectivity in rural areas of South-West England.

Results impacted by continued challenging market conditions

Market conditions remain challenging and this is reflected in our 2023 results.

We are taking actions to restore our core Investments business to a more acceptable level of profitability.

Financial performance summary

£1,398m

Net operating revenue

reduced by 4% to £1,398m (2022: £1,456m) with lower revenue in Investments mainly reflecting the impact of net outflows and adverse market conditions. This was partly offset by growth in Adviser and ii.

£249m

Adjusted operating profit

reduced by 5% to £249m (2022: £263m) reflecting the lower profitability in the Investments business, partly offset by the benefit of the full 12 months contribution from ii1 of £127m. Excluding ii1, adjusted operating profit was 38% lower than 2022 at £122m (2022: £196m).

82%

Cost/income ratio

was stable at 82% (2022: 82%) reflecting the benefit from the efficient Adviser and ii cost models, offset by lower revenue in Investments.

(£6m)

IFRS loss before tax

of £6m (2022: loss £612m2) was impacted by losses of £178m from the change in fair value of significant listed investments, restructuring and corporate transaction expenses of £152m and goodwill impairments of £62m.

(£13.9bn)

Net outflows (excl. liquidity and LBG tranche withdrawals)

of £13.9bn (2022: £10.3bn), representing (3%) of opening AUMA, largely reflected by lower gross inflows which included the impact of the uncertain market environment.

Comparatives have been restated for the HASL implementation of IFRS 17. Refer to Basis of preparation in the Group financial statements section of the ARA 2023.

Capital performance summary

£1,466m

Performance overview

Market conditions remain

in our 2023 results.

profitability.

challenging and this is reflected

We are taking actions to restore our core Investments business to a more acceptable level of

Results impacted by continued

Financial performance

reduced by 4% to £1,398m (2022: £1,456m) with lower revenue in Investments mainly reflecting the impact of net outflows and adverse market conditions. This was partly

was stable at 82% (2022: 82%) reflecting the benefit from the efficient Adviser and ii cost models, offset by lower

Net outflows (excl. liquidity and LBG

of £13.9bn (2022: £10.3bn), representing (3%) of opening AUMA, largely reflected by lower gross inflows which included the impact of the uncertain market environment.

summary

£1,398m

£249m

82%

Cost/income ratio

revenue in Investments.

IFRS loss before tax

(£13.9bn)

tranche withdrawals)

(£6m)

Net operating revenue

offset by growth in Adviser and ii.

Adjusted operating profit

lower than 2022 at £122m (2022: £196m).

challenging market conditions

Relates to ii (excluding Personal Wealth).
Comparatives have been restated for the HASL implementation of IFRS 17. Refer to Basis of preparation in the Group financial statements section of the ARA 2023.

CET1 capitalresources

increased to £1,466m (2022: £1,301m), benefiting by £576m from the remaining HDFC stake sales, partly offset by the impact of the £300m share buyback in 2023.

£1.8bn

Cash and liquid resources

remained robust at £1.8bn (2022: £1.7bn). These resources are high quality and mainly invested in cash, money market instruments and short-term debt securities.

£557m

Value of listed stakes

of £0.6bn (2022: £1.3bn) excluded from the CET1 capital position. Reduction includes impact of final HDFC stake sales which generated net proceeds of £0.5bn.

14.6p

Full year dividend per share

was maintained at 14.6p (2022: 14.6p). It remains the Board's current intention to pay a total annual dividend of 14.6p until it is covered at least 1.5 times by adjusted capital generation.

Our capital resources provide strength to allow investment to grow the business and be more efficient.

Read more about our financial and capital performance in the Chief Financial Officer's overview section of this report.

A refocused Investments business ready to capitalise on areas of strength

The capabilities in our Investments business are built on the strength of our insights, which are generated from wide-ranging research, worldwide investment expertise and local market knowledge. While continuing to offer a comprehensive range of solutions in public markets and alternatives, we have simplified our Investments business and refocused our capabilities on areas where we have the scale and specialism to capitalise on the key themes shaping markets.

"Faced with industry headwinds and a challenging risk-off environmentfor a second year in a row, 2023 was a difficult year for the Investments business. However, we are taking decisive action to stabilise flows, improve our cost/income ratio and build the foundations for sustainable growth.

As a specialist asset manager, we continue to see compelling opportunities across both public markets and alternatives, and I remain confident that we can deliver value for our global client base, particularly as markets normalise."

René Buehlmann CEO, Investments

Highlights £122.4bn

AUM from our fixed income capabilities

£23.7bn

AUM in our closed-end funds

£102m

Cost reduction in the Investments business, exceeding the £75m target set for 2023

Investment performance1

1 year 44% (2022: 41%)

3 years 42% (2022: 65%)

5 years 52% (2022: 58%)

We are a specialist asset manager with £366.7bn in AUM. We focus on areas where we have both the strength and scale to capitalise on the key themes shaping the market, through either public markets or alternative asset classes.

Our businesses – Investments

A refocused Investments

on areas of strength

and specialism to capitalise on the key

As a specialist asset manager, we continue to see compelling opportunities across both public markets and alternatives, and I remain confident that we can deliver value for our global

client base, particularly as markets normalise."

René Buehlmann CEO, Investments

themes shaping markets.

business ready to capitalise

Highlights

£122.4bn

£23.7bn

£102m

1 year

3 years

5 years

44% (2022: 41%)

42% (2022: 65%)

52% (2022: 58%)

AUM in our closed-end funds

AUM from our fixed income capabilities

Cost reduction in the Investments business, exceeding the £75m target set for 2023

Investment performance1

information section of the ARA 2023.

The investment performance calculation covers all funds that aim to outperform a benchmark, with certain assets excluded where this measure of performance is not appropriate or expected. Further details about the calculation of investment performance are included in the Supplementary

Positioning our business to capitalise on megatrends

Another challenging year for investors

We have continued to operate in a challenging, risk-off environment with outflows seen across the market. The notabledrop in market values across emerging markets (EM), fixed income and real assets has presented a significant revenue challenge. Geopolitical and credit risk persist, while rising interest rates have continued to drive asset allocation into lower-risk, lower-margin debt products and cash. With the growing adoption of passive and index investing also disrupting traditional asset management models, our business continues to take active steps to not only mitigate these challenges but also to position itself for a pivot back to growth.

Investment performance over the three-year time period has weakened, with 42% of AUM covered by this metric ahead of benchmark (2022: 65%). The drop in the threeyear performance reflects a challenging period for active managers particularly those with a quality equity investment style with a bias towards Asia and Emerging Markets. To address these challenges, we are committed to refining our processes by:

Expanding our thematic equity offering and research capabilities.
Implementing asset class-specific process enhancements, including refinement to valuation approaches, portfolio construction techniques, and risk analytics.
Evolving our CIO governance structure and introducing 'Team Scans' at asset class and desk levels to facilitate peer review and to drive continuous improvements.
Focusing on strategic technology and data initiatives to enhance analysis and process efficiency.

Despite current headwinds, clear megatrends have developed that will dictate market dynamics in years to come. In 2023, we continued to align ourselves to these trends:

Urbanisation and infrastructure development: With rapid urbanisation, and growing populations worldwide, the demand for homes and infrastructure continues to grow, driving capital expenditure and economic activity. We have significant scale in real assets with £42.8bn of AUM as at December 2023. In the logistics space, abrdn-owned Tritax remains a leading player with two of the largest listed logistics funds in the market. Throughout 2023, we demonstrated momentum across infrastructure, living and logistics, notably winning a significant mandate with Border to Coast in June to support the launch and management of its UK real estate proposition.

Climate change and the energy transition: Global carbon emissions rose by another 1.1% last year, which was the hottest year on record. However, the global energy transition is well underway, supported by the COP28 agreementto triple renewable capacity and double energy efficiency by 2030. We continue to evolve our product range to capture climate commitments aiming to respond to continued market interestin sustainable and climate investing. In June 2023, our Climate Transition Bond Fund secured Environmental Finance's 'ESG Fixed Income Fund of the Year' award, after being recognised for its particular focus on climate adaptation.

Health and biotech: In October 2023, abrdn completed the acquisition of the healthcare fund management capabilities of Tekla Capital Management, a specialist healthcare investment adviser. With the global healthcare sector grappling with an ageing population and increasing rates of chronic illnesses, such as diabetes and cancer, the healthcare technology industry has grown rapidly. In the United States alone, healthcare expenditure has grown at an annual rate of 6% since the 1980s, as the US population has surpassed 330 million and the obesity epidemic has worsened.

Growth in Asia and emerging markets: Despite the significant headwinds over the last two years we expect Asia and emerging markets to remain important drivers of global growth. Our estimates suggest that by 2035, emerging markets will drive c75% of global growth, with China and developing Asia alone accounting for 60% of this. With a significant specialism in EM and Asia, where we have operated for over 30 years, we are well positioned to benefit from these structural growth opportunities. Despite signs of recovery in Q4, Asia and EM performance was subdued in 2023. However, we expect both Asia and EM to deliver improved performances this year and next with opportunities emerging to further capitalise on our strong insurance heritage across the regions.

Our progress in 2023

Strengthening our team

In May 2023, we announced changes to the management team of our Investments business with René Buehlmann becoming sole CEO, Peter Branner joining as Chief Investment Officer and Xavier Meyer being promoted to Head of UK and EMEA and Chief Client Officer.

Strategic focus

Our businesses – Investments continued

Another challenging year for investors

to position itself for a pivot back to growth.

to refining our processes by:

capabilities.

analytics.

trends:

improvements.

managers particularly those with a quality equity investment style with a bias towards Asia and Emerging Markets. To address these challenges, we are committed

– Implementing asset class-specific process

– Evolving our CIO governance structure and

enhance analysis and process efficiency. Despite current headwinds, clear megatrends have developed that will dictate market dynamics in years to come. In 2023, we continued to align ourselves to these

to capitalise on

megatrends

Positioning our business

for its particular focus on climate adaptation.

worsened.

acquisition of the healthcare fund management capabilities of Tekla Capital Management, a specialist healthcare investment adviser. With the global healthcare sector grappling with an ageing population and increasing rates of chronic illnesses, such as diabetes and cancer, the healthcare technology industry has grown rapidly. In the United States alone, healthcare expenditure has grown at an annual rate of 6% since the 1980s, as the US population has surpassed 330 million and the obesity epidemic has

insurance heritage across the regions.

Health and biotech: In October 2023, abrdn completed the

– Expanding our thematic equity offering and research

enhancements, including refinement to valuation approaches, portfolio construction techniques, and risk

introducing 'Team Scans' at asset class and desk levels to facilitate peer review and to drive continuous

– Focusing on strategic technology and data initiatives to

In July and October we announced the sales of our US and European Private Equity businesses, respectively with the US sale completing in October and the European sale expected to complete in H1 2024. These disposals will raise over £105m for the business and reflect our strategy to focus on areas of strength and invest in sectors with attractive long-term dynamics.

Delivering significant cost savings

In 2022, we merged or closed c60 funds to simplify our offering and refocus on scale. In 2023, we continued this process closing a further c60 funds deemed to be subscale, inefficient or no longer aligned with our core strengths. While closing funds is never a simple exercise, we have significantly progressed ourfund rationalisation programme, which was central in the cost savings delivered across 2023. This process has also increased scale for our existing funds, with 74% of our funds now with over £100m in AUM (61% in 2022) and 55% with over £200m in AUM (41% in 2022).

Our most significant headwinds this year have been in emerging markets, Asia and Global Absolute Return Strategies (GARS) where we have continued to see outflows. Our EM range is well positioned to pivot to growth once investor appetite for risk returns, and our GEM Income fund continues its stellar track record, in which it has performed in the top quartile of the market since inception. We have taken action following a strategic review to merge or close funds associated with our GARS range, which completed in December 2023.

In addition to our fund rationalisation strategy, we simplified our management structure, restructured our Australian operations, and refocused our equities and multi-asset franchises. These actions, taken in combination, resulted in the Investments business comfortably exceeding its £75m cost saving target with £102m in savings delivered in 2023.

A subset of the abrdn product range in-scope for rationalisation.

Focusing on areas of strength

Simplifying our product range, exiting undifferentiated or sub-scale areas, and reducing costs has allowed us to intensify our focus on our areas of expertise in highermargin products and high-growth sectors with the highest potential to deliver performance:

Fixed income: Our fixed income offering has considerable scale with over £122bn AUM across credit, government bond and money market funds in developed and emerging markets. Fixed income opportunities have been subdued in recent years by the low-yield environment, but in 2023 we began to see this trend reverse and our pipeline is now promising. This potential is underpinned by performance with 81% of our fixed income capabilities outperforming over three years, and in credit, where we have particular strength, 99% of our assets outperforming over the same period.

Alternatives: Real estate, infrastructure and logistics all continue to show attractive annual growth rates and compelling opportunities for scale players. In 2023, we made a series of investments across European real estate and infrastructure, with our third infrastructure fund, ASCI III, investing in Spanish fibre networks, biomethane facilities in Italy and regional heating and electricity in Finland. At the end of 2023, our Alternatives business had £76.4bn in AUM including £42.8bn in real assets, £8.8bn in private credit and £17.1bn in funds of hedge funds and commodity ETFs.

Closed-end funds: In 2023, we announced three significant acquisitions in the closed-end fund (CEF) space, acquiring five CEFs from Macquarie Asset Management, the four listed CEFs of Tekla Capital and entering into an agreement to acquire four CEFs from First Trust, which we expect to complete in Q1 this year. Assuming the completion of the First Trust funds, these acquisitions, when taken in combination, would add £3.6bn in AUM, strengthening our already robust CEF offering. We remain the third largest CEF manager globally.

Significant insurance expertise: We have nearly 200 years of heritage in pensions and insurance, and currently run £45bn in pensions AUM globally and £179bn in insurance assets. This expertise was recognised in the 2023 Asia Asset Management Awards where we won 'Best Insurance Manager'. In 2023, our partnership with our largest client, Phoenix Group, delivered £6bn of gross inflows (£5.2bn net of reinsurance arrangements) from their Bulk Purchase Annuities business and £4bn of inflows from their Workplace Defined Contributionsbusiness. Phoenix and abrdn continue to explore ways to mutually

Our strategy in action in 2023

Throughout 2023 we took decisive action to simplify and refocus our Investments business. By selectively disposing of non-core businesses, and delivering significant cost savings, we have better positioned ourselves to deliver growth as global market conditions normalise.

Our businesses – Investments continued

Our strategy in action in 2023

Throughout 2023 we took decisive action to simplify and refocus our

deliver growth as global market conditions normalise.

Investments business. By selectively disposing of non-core businesses, and delivering significant cost savings, we have better positioned ourselves to

Jim O'Connor, Head of the Americas

"CEF acquisitions follow our strategy of building scale, focusing on asset classes where we have strength, and bringing AUM to the group in a perpetual capital structure"

Spotlight on closed-end funds

In Q4 2023 we announced the proposed acquisition of four CEFs from First Trust Advisors which, subject to approval by the funds' shareholders, represents c£600min additional AUM. The announcement of the deal followed shortly after our acquisition of Tekla's four listed CEFs which, in combination with the five CEFs acquired from Macquarie Asset Management earlierin the year, added c£3bn in AUM. We spoke to Jim O'Connor, Head of the Americas, who oversaw the Tekla deal about why abrdn remains acquisitive in theCEF space.

Q: What was the attraction of Tekla Capital?

"As a specialist manager, we seek to deliver value in the areas of the market where there are inefficiencies and where active management can provide superior risk adjusted returns.

This acquisition represents a strategic extension of our thematics capabilities, enabling us to welcome a team of talented investment professionals specialising in the healthcare sector.We believe this to be an area of growth underpinned by megatrends in the investable universe with demographics and technological innovations driving an ever-increasing demand for life science services."

Q: In a year of fund rationalisation why has abrdn been acquiring closed-end funds?

"CEFs are an area of specialism and vehicles which support long-term investment outcomes for retail and institutional investors that can't be replicated by other investment vehicles.

While CEFs are often regarded as complex structures, we believe our experience and knowledge sets us apart from our competitors. Our scaled operating model enables us to look after existing CEF product ranges with the ability to grow via the launch of new funds, secondary market issuances, and corporate mergers and acquisitions of funds.

In December 2023, abrdn announced that we would investan amount equal to up to six months' worth of management fees in the shares of our UK listed CEFs. The total amount invested as part of this initiative will exceed £30m. This exercise aims to demonstrate our strong advocacy for the integrity of the CEF business, and our desire to closely align ourselves with the shareholders of the funds we manage."

Q: abrdn has executed more listed CEF acquisitions than any other investment manager in the last 15 years, will this trend continue?

"Market headwinds have created a challenging environment for CEFs, which have been trading at their widest discount levels since the financial crisis. This has contributed to an environment with opportunities to acquire funds at attractive valuations. We continue to review the marketplace for opportunities to drive additional scale and efficiency in our key capabilities or to add new capabilities of strategic significance."

Our opportunities for growth

UK pensions and global insurance: We will continue to leverage our strong partnerships and heritage to drive growth in the pensions and insurance markets. The UK is the fourth largest pension fund market globally with £2.2tn in AUM.
Fixed income: We have strong performance across our capabilities in this c£20tn market, we will look to leverage this strength as market conditions become more conducive to fixed income and multi-asset products.
Alternatives: We will bring our core capabilities across real estate, infrastructure and private credit to bear for clients this year and beyond with our significant won not funded pipeline.
Acquisitions: We will continue to scan the market for bolt-on acquisitions within key thematic markets, such as biotech and healthcare.
Group collaboration: interactive investor clients were provided early access to the IPO of the Short Dated Enhanced Income Fund in July 2023. Building on this success, we aim to launch a range of thematic ETFs on ii in 2024.

Empowering advisers to deliver for their customers

Our Adviser business provides financial planning solutions and technology for UK financial advisers, enabling them to create value for their businesses and their customers. We offer a combination of tools and services personalised to their needs, including access to the full suite of investment solutions that abrdn offers as well as a wide range of open architecture investment options.

"We remain committed to our strategic ambition - to be the easiest partner for advisers do business with. We will achieve this by providing frictionless technology and solutions that help advisers to do business their way. Following the delivery of our largest ever technology upgrade, our service experience is back on track and strong foundations have been laid for faster upgrades and deeper integrations. We have made strong strides forward, but we're never done. With adviserOS on the horizon we're just getting started."

Noel Butwell CEO, Adviser 50% of UK advice businesses use our platforms

420,000 Customers

2,600 Adviser firms

£73.5bn AUMA1

Platinum rated by AdviserAsset

12% AUA market share

90% Customer satisfaction score

1. Includes Platform AUA of £70.9bn. The MPS businesses moved from Personal Wealth to Adviser in May 2023. Comparatives have not been restated.

Our businesses – Adviser

Empowering advisers to

architecture investment options.

horizon we're just getting started."

Noel Butwell CEO, Adviser

deliver for their customers

50%

Customers

AUMA1

12%

90%

AUA market share

Customer satisfaction score

Comparatives have not been restated.

1. Includes Platform AUA of £70.9bn. The MPS businesses moved from Personal Wealth to Adviser in May 2023.

2,600 Adviser firms

420,000

£73.5bn

Platinum rated by AdviserAsset

of UK advice businesses use our platforms

A growing and dynamic market Performance overview

Despite challenging market conditions throughout the year, our Adviser business delivered a robust performance, culminating in another year of revenue and operating profit growth.

Market overview

The UK adviser market is expected to grow at an annual growth rate of 11% over the next five years2. With c£590bn of advised customer assets currently on platforms, this suggests c£995bn of assets will be on adviser platforms in 2028. By leveraging our evolving product and technology stack, our Adviser business is well positioned to maintain its place as a market leader.

The Investment Association, Investment Management in the UK 2022-2023.
Figures as at 31 December 2022 and inclusive of retail and institutional markets.
1. Fundscape Q4 Press Release, February 2024, AUMA as at 31 December 2023.
1. abrdn Adviser AUMA as at 31 December 2023. Platform AUA is £70.9bn.
1. The MPS businesses moved from Personal Wealth to Adviser in May 2023. Comparatives for 2021 and 2022 have not been restated.
1. The threesixty and MPS businesses moved from Personal Wealth to Adviser from January 2023 and May 2023 respectively.
Comparatives for 2021 and 2022 have not been restated.

Creating capacity through technology

Robust market dynamics

The rapid transition from a low inflation, low interest rate environment to one of sustained high rates and stubbornly high inflation has continued to impact the UK savings and wealth market. A cost-of-living crisis has persisted throughout the year, leading to many individuals reducing their saving commitments, or drawing on their existing savings to mitigate higher living costs, with off-platform cash solutions also increasing in attractiveness.

Against this challenging backdrop it is possible to underappreciate the significant opportunity that continues to exist within the domestic savings and wealth market. While savers' propensity and ability to save has been temporarily dampened, in times of market volatility, high-quality advice from experienced advisers is invaluable. Additionally, the core drivers of medium-term flows into the market remain, including the need to invest to counterthe impact of inflation, a steady demand for retirement planning, and the need to maximise tax allowances in a challenging landscape. We will continue to champion the role of independent advisers in delivering advice and support, allowing more individuals and families to plan, save and invest for their futures.

The democratisation of finance

There has been a continued shift in responsibility onto the individual for their own financial affairs. Providing advisers the flexibility to consolidate and control portfolios and wrappers, and to access a suite of tools to manage their customer's finances on one platform meets this demand. While savers now have more access to various asset classes than ever, the complexity of their needs and a lack of understanding of investment strategies underpins the requirement for specialist advice.

The growing advice gap

In the UK savings and wealth market, demand for advice continues to significantly outweigh supply, with this savings and advice gap already running beyond 20 million people. While just over 28,000 qualified financial advisers currently practice in the UK, an ageing and growing population means these advisers have faced significant capacity constraints for many years. At abrdn, we understand that the most efficient means of addressing this capacity limitation is through strategic technology enhancements. We want to empower our clients to grow their businesses in line with their ambition. By providing an enhanced technology solution that allows advisers to onboard and regularly serve more customers, we not only increase their personal capacity, but in turn address the wider advice gap for their existing and potential customers. Research from Investment Trends' 2023 Adviser Technology and Business Report noted that the average UK adviser is currently targeting a c17% increase in their client base; our solutions are designed to help facilitate this.

The evolution of platforms

Fragmented, archaic, and limited integration with the advice process have made the lives of both customers and advisers difficult. Our market-leading platform is designed to remove technological pain-points and allow advisers to not only onboard more customers, but also provide them with more flexible, efficient, and personalised services. We have built future-fit technology, delivering a number of enhancements focused on areas of the platform where we've had adviser feedback. In May, we announced adviserOS, which we plan to launch to market this year. adviserOS represents an extension of services beyond platform functionality, offering additional services to improve integration and reduce friction in the advice process.

A vote of confidence from primary partners

We have built our significant market position by sourcing, developing, and maintaining long-lasting relationships with financial advice businesses of all sizes. Core to our growth strategy is becoming the primary partner for an increasing number of our existing and new clients. In 2023, 46% of our AUMA was held by primary partnership firms, which highlights the confidence of our clients to place their money with us for the long term and the benefit of the technology updates the business has made across the year.

Our progress in 2023

A year of transformation

Our businesses – Adviser continued

continues to exist within the domestic savings and wealth market. While savers' propensity and ability to save has been temporarily dampened, in times of market volatility,

high-quality advice from experienced advisers is invaluable. Additionally, the core drivers of medium-term flows into the market remain, including the need to invest to counterthe impact of inflation, a steady demand for retirement planning, and the need to maximise tax allowances in a challenging landscape. We will continue to champion the role of independent advisers in delivering advice and support, allowing more individuals and families

to plan, save and invest for their futures. The democratisation of finance

requirement for specialist advice.

Robust market dynamics

Creating capacity through technology

The growing advice gap

solutions are designed to help facilitate this.

provide them with more flexible, efficient, and

A vote of confidence from primary partners We have built our significant market position by sourcing, developing, and maintaining long-lasting relationships with financial advice businesses of all sizes. Core to our growth

strategy is becoming the primary partner for an

increasing number of our existing and new clients. In 2023, 46% of our AUMA was held by primary partnership firms, which highlights the confidence of our clients to place their money with us for the long term and the benefit of the technology updates the business has made across

personalised services. We have built future-fit technology, delivering a number of enhancements focused on areas of the platform where we've had adviser feedback. In May, we announced adviserOS, which we plan to launch to market this year. adviserOS represents an extension of services beyond platform functionality, offering additional services to improve integration and reduce friction in the

The evolution of platforms

advice process.

the year.

This year, our Adviser business delivered the largest and most advanced technology release we've ever completed on the Wrap platform. This provided advisers with a range of upgrades in technology, including improved customerreporting with 30 customisable features, a flexi-ISA product, and an improved user interface.As with all technology upgrades of this scale, we experienced a period of disruption as clients learned to use the new platform. The platform is now operating as expected, allowing advisers to fully benefit from the improved functionality delivered.

Integration of MPS

Our Managed Portfolio Service (MPS) was previously part of abrdn's discretionary fund management business, which was sold in September 2023. Our MPS range leverages the global investment research capabilities and expertise from the wider abrdn business, ensuring the optimal asset allocation with componentry from the whole market. There are three investment styles applied across four portfolio ranges, with five risk assessed models in each range, providing advisers with a range of solutions to meet customer's different investment preferences and attitude to risk.

Over the course of the year, the MPS has now been fully integrated into the Adviser business and with strong demand from clients, we expect our solutions to provide a significant growth opportunity starting this year. In December 2023, we re-priced our abrdn MPS and Sustainable MPS to drive this growth as we looked to leverage our existing relationships with half of UK advice businesses.

Preparing to launch adviserOS

In May 2023, we announced our strategic intentions for Wrap and Elevate, upgrading our solutions to become adviserOS. adviserOS is a new approach to platforms that will enable advisers to achieve more for their customers. It amplifies our position as the leader in terms of content and experience, acting as our key differentiator in the market. It is not a rebrand of Wrap or Elevate, but rather a new technology-enabled solution sitting above a single platform technology that will provide advisory firms with access to a range of different services.

adviserOS will enable advisers to meet the challenges they face by creating efficiency in the advice process through better integration and workflow with the tools they already use throughout their business. It will support adviser businesses with tailored support and data-driven insights, reduced keying of data and unlocking time in front of their customers.

We have developed a prototype and are actively testing and iterating the launch features of adviserOS with a sample of client firms. The aim of this approach is to ensure we've done enough research to genuinely understand what works best and what matters most to our clients before launching this year.

Delivering the abrdn SIPP

In line with adviser feedback, our next phase of platform upgrades is to launch our new abrdn SIPP and Junior SIPP this year. The launch of these products forms a core element of our strategy to increase the number of wrappers per customer amongst our existing base and attract new clients and customers to our platform.

The new abrdn SIPP will build on the foundations laid in the delivery of our technology upgradeand will bring the same experience and efficiency enhancements, whilst also enabling the bulk transfer of the existingWrap SIPP from Phoenix. Our SIPP will provide a significant improvement in technology through digitisation of key processes and straight through processing, removing inefficiencies in client and customerjourneys and the need for paperforms.

The abrdn SIPP launch will strengthen our product offering with a Junior SIPP, delivering an additional way for our customers to help save for their children and grandchildrens'futures, whilst also laying the foundations for relationships with the advised customers of tomorrow. As with our Junior ISA, our Junior SIPP will be offered at nil charge to encourage positive savings habits across generations.

Consumer duty

As a business, we completed a thorough value for money assessment on both abrdn Wrap and Elevate. The assessment, which can be found on our website, confirms that both platforms provide fair value to customers.

Financial performance

Difficult market conditions seen in 2022 persisted throughout 2023 and, as such, flows have been impacted market wide as inflation remained stubbornly high and as interest rates steadily rose until August. Against these conditions, our Adviser business saw outflows of £2.1bn (2022: £1.6bn inflows). However, the business delivered another year of revenue and operating profit growth, supported by the impact of the increasing base rate environment on cash margin throughout 2023.

Industry recognition

Our business continues to receive recognition from across the industry. In 2023, we retained an 'A' rating for financial strength from AKG, as well as a 'Platinum' rating from AdviserAsset, and a '5 star' rating from Defaqto for both the Wrap and Elevate platform propositions. These continued awards are not only a testament to the quality of our team and solutions, but also form an important reference point for the advisers who choose to partner with us.

Our strategy in action in 2023

After delivering comprehensive technology upgrades in 2023, we have readied the Adviser business to capitalise on our position as a market leader and to launch innovative products, including our SIPP, which will support future growth.

Our businesses – Adviser continued

support future growth.

Our strategy in action in 2023

Ashley Brooks, Managing Director of DB Wood

"abrdn have a great balance of flexible products, a well-priced distribution platform and market leading reporting functionality"

Why abrdn? We spoke to Ashley Brooks, the Managing Director of DB Wood on what sets us apart from our peers. A 44-year-old business located in Nottinghamshire, DB Wood manages c£1bn on the behalf of around 1,500 households with over 65% of their AUA entrusted to abrdn.

Q: What are the critical factors in being a successful financial adviser?

"Providing financial advice is essentially a people business. In order to succeed you need to deliver high-quality, proactive advice, set clear rules of engagement, and maintain a commitment to doing the right thing for your clients. Ultimately, you need to develop trust while providing a highly personable service."

Q: Why did you first choose abrdn to support your business?

"We've been working with abrdn since 2006. We first began working with abrdn due to your great balance of flexible products, the well-priced distribution platform, and your market leading reporting functionality, which allows us to deliver on our client promises."

Q: Why is abrdn now your primary platform provider?

"abrdn understands our requirements and the challenges that IFAs face in the UK. Because of this understanding, we are able to work with you strategically to grow our business and, more importantly, deliver the benefits of scale that we can pass through to our client base via reduced costs."

Q: Is technology now the key growth driver within the UK financial adviser market?

"Technology is an important component in delivering an effective client service proposition. As ever, the most important driver of growth in the market is the relationship between client and adviser. Technology upgrades can improve these relationships and also create capacity to build new relationships."

Q: How do you expect adviserOS will improve client experience?

"We expect the adviserOS upgrade to assist our business with its enhanced integration, personalisation, administration efficiencies and enhanced client proposition."

Our opportunities for growth

Launch of adviserOS: adviserOS will introduce a new approach to platforms, providing clients with a broader set of tools and capabilities, in addition to the core platform technology, to drive efficiency in the advice process.
Launch of our SIPP: Our SIPP launch is central to our strategy of increasing our wrappers per customer, with our junior SIPP delivering an additional way for customers to help save for the futures of their families.
Bulk transfer strategy: We will transfer existing Wrap SIPP customers from Phoenix to the abrdn platform pension, enabling customers to benefit from the enhancements delivered.
Grow our Managed Portfolio Service: We will leverage our reach in the UK Independent financial adviser market, in which we hold a relationship with 50% of IFA firms in the UK, to drive growth in our MPS business.
Group collaboration: We will leverage Finimize capability and content for our adviser partners as part of the adviserOS upgrade.

The UK's leading subscription-based D2C investment platform

The UK's second largest direct-to-consumer investment platform and number one flat fee provider, interactive investor (ii), enables individuals in the UK to plan, save and invest in the way that works for them. The acquisition of ii transformed abrdn, positioning us for growth as one of the UK's leading personal wealth businesses with positive long-term structural dynamics.

"We are pleased with how ii has progressed this year and how we've positioned ourselves to deliver better outcomes for our growing customer base. Despite challenging conditions in the UK savings and wealth market, through technology and product upgrades, we have further empowered retail investors to save for their futures."

Richard Wilson CEO, interactive investor

407,000 Total customers1

£152,000 AUA per customer1

£61.7bn AUMA1

19.3% AUA market share2

Relates to ii (excluding Personal Wealth).
Compeer Benchmarking Report Q3 2023.

Building a leading position in the UK savings and wealth market

Performance overview

In its first full year as part of abrdn, ii continued to exceed our initial expectations and displayed significant potential for market capture and growth in 2024 and beyond.

Our businesses – ii

The UK's leading subscription-based

407,000

£152,000

Total customers1

AUA per customer1

£61.7bn

19.3% AUA market share2

Relates to ii (excluding Personal Wealth). 2. Compeer Benchmarking Report Q3 2023.

AUMA1

D2C investment platform

The UK's second largest direct-to-consumer investment platform and number one flat fee

provider, interactive investor (ii), enables individuals in the UK to plan, save and invest in the way that works for them. The acquisition of ii transformed abrdn, positioning us for growth as one of the UK's leading personal wealth businesses with positive long-term

structural dynamics.

investors to save for their futures."

CEO, interactive investor

Richard Wilson

ii is set to benefit from structural drivers in the UK retail investor market.

AUMA

1. Platforum D2C Market Update, September 2023, AUMA as at September 2023.
1. ii (excluding Personal Wealth) AUMA as at 31 December 2023.
Includes loss of £13m in Personal Wealth (2022: profit £5m).

The UK's leading subscription-based provider

Empowering retail investors

The acquisition of ii in May 2022 fundamentally changed abrdn as a business. ii is the UK's second largest investment platform for private investors and remains the leading subscription-based provider. The business's evolving platform enables over 400,000 retail investors to access a broad range of investment and savings products via desktop, mobile app and over the phone.

ii's subscription-based model provides a higher degree of financial resilience than peers with percentage fee models, however the business has not been immune from the current subdued levels of investor confidence. ii derives its revenue from subscription fees, trading commissions, foreign exchange (FX) transactions and treasury income, with trading commissions and FX most impacted by the headwinds in the market.

A growing customer base

High inflation and interest rates affected investor confidence throughout the year and consequently ii's rate of customer acquisition, however total customer numbers grew from 402,000 to 407,000 in 2023.

Excluding the recently migrated customers from the Investments business, Share Centre, EQi and customers exiting due to the closure of our pension trading accounts, customer numbers grew from 299,000 at the end of 2022 to 310,000 at the end of 2023, an increase of 4%.

As the market begins to show signs of recovery, ii intends to attract net organic customer growth of over 5% in 2024, driven by further platform developments, increasing SIPP penetration, the development of our integrated Financial Planning division and through continued investment in brand and advertising.

Pleasingly, the business has continued to see inflows of AUMA, with £2.9bn added in 2023, comprising £3.3bn of inflows into ii and £0.4bn of net outflows from Personal Wealth, which was largely due to restructuring activity during the year. If outflows due to the exit of the pension trading account product are excluded, ii's net inflows increased to £3.9bn, over 7% of opening AUA.According to Direct Matters, ii delivered the highest net inflows across UK D2C platforms in 2023.

Resilience in a challenging market

The cost-of-living crisis in the UK has not only lowered customers' propensity to save and invest but has also contributed to a more risk-averse environment.

Investors are now more likely to move into fixed-income securities and savings accounts, made more attractive by a steady rise in interest rates, with the Bank of England's base rate peaking at 5.25% in August 2023, where it has remained since.

Although the market as a whole saw decreased volumes, ii's market share of trades increased due to its active customer base, pipeline of new services, and proposition enhancements.While this market capture is encouraging, transactional revenues fell 17% in 2023, reflecting lower trade pricing from September 2023, which reduced the charge for standard UK and US trades to just £3.99.

Growth potential

Despite relatively flat total customer numbers and reduced trading revenue, increased treasury income and our focus on simplification and digitalisation has supported an increased operating margin and an improvement in our cost efficiency. This highlights the significant growth potential of the business. As and when the market normalises, new customers can be onboarded at a very low and decreasing marginal cost, so if customer numbers grow as anticipated in the medium-term, this lean operating model amplifies that potential for sustained growth in profitability.

ii's potential is further supported by the medium-to-long term growth drivers underpinning the UK direct-toconsumer market. The UK is the sixth largest economy in the world and has a well-developed D2C investment sector. The UK's D2C industry is already worth over £300bn and with a growing and ageing population, we are going to see a significant intergenerational transfer of wealth which will drive further momentum in the market.

A compelling sector

Despite some new entrants, the UK D2C platform market retains high barriers to entry and better-known platforms with scale and high numbers of active users, such as ii, benefit from both economies of scale and better developed technology stacks. UK savings and wealth therefore remains a compelling industry to be in, particularly as financial education and retail participation increases.

Our progress in 2023

Introducing Financial Planning

Our businesses – ii continued

Empowering retail investors

desktop, mobile app and over the phone.

impacted by the headwinds in the market.

grew from 402,000 to 407,000 in 2023.

High inflation and interest rates affected investor

The cost-of-living crisis in the UK has not only lowered customers' propensity to save and invest but has also contributed to a more risk-averse environment.

to 310,000 at the end of 2023, an increase of 4%.

confidence throughout the year and consequently ii's rate of customer acquisition, however total customer numbers

A growing customer base

brand and advertising.

UK D2C platforms in 2023.

remained since.

Resilience in a challenging market

The UK's leading subscription-based provider

Growth potential

growth in profitability.

A compelling sector

increases.

grow as anticipated in the medium-term, this lean operating model amplifies that potential for sustained

particularly as financial education and retail participation

ii's offering has been repositioned during 2023, with the transfer of Managed Portfolio Service to Adviser in May 2023, and the sale of the discretionary fund management business to LGT in September 2023.

As ii has continued to grow, we have received numerous requests for financial planning advice. One of the key synergies outlined when abrdn acquired ii was to integrate abrdn's financial planning capabilities into the business. Over the course of 2023, we have further integrated these capabilities, and restructured ourfinancial planning offering, reducing headcount by 21% and closing four offices.

Strengthening our platform

One of ii's key growth drivers is the strength of our platform. In a competitive market with both incumbents and new entrants investing heavily in their technology, it is essential that both our website and mobile app remain ahead of the curve. In January 2023, we launched new website infrastructure, modernising the design, improving user experience, and making our news feed easier to navigate.

An ever-increasing volume of trades are being made 'in app', with new entrants to the market, in particular, focusing on creating simple and engaging user interfaces. While ii still sees the majority of investing activity taking place via desktop rather than app, close to a fifth of all mobile trades in the UK were done through our app, highlighting not only the quality of our own user experience, but the importance of continuing to invest in it. In 2023, we continued to enhance our app capabilities, including facilitating in-app currency conversion and AGM/EGM voting capabilities.

50,000 new app downloads in 2023
26% increase year-on year of clients using our app
36% increase year-on-year of in app trades

In Q2 2023, we piloted ii community, a social trading platformallowing users to discuss shares, compare portfolios and get inspiration from high-performing retail investors. The app, which will be fully rolled out in 2024 is a social network encouraging investors to interact and to learn from each other's trading strategies.

Essential value

In February, ii launched Investor Essentials, an entry-level ISA and/or trading account, designed for investors with portfolios of under £50,000. Through the Essentials plan customers below the £50,000 threshold pay a monthly fee of £4.99 and benefit from free regular investing. At launch, trading fees were £5.99, which we later reduced in September 2023 to £3.99, to deliver further value.

Pension Essentials, which was launched in October 2023, is an entry-level subscription plan for portfolios under £50,000 and is now the best value pension in the UK for saving pots over £15,000.

SIPP penetration

Increasing product penetration is a key pillar in our growth strategy and central to this strategy is further market capture of SIPPs. Currently, c15% of our customers hold a SIPP account with us, an increase of 2.5% over the last year. In 2023, for the second year running, ii was a Which Recommended Provider of SIPPs with our growth in the market underpinned by attractive low fees, including our Pension Essentials plan, and our continuous development of the customer tools and content.

Introducing the ii's

Despite being the UK's second largest investment platform for private investors, we have historically tracked behind our peers in terms of brand recognition. In 2023 we increased investment in marketing, culminating in Q4 with the launch of ii's first television advert and a significant multi-media campaign.

Award-winning value

In 2023, ii continued to receive positive recognition from its customers, partners,and stakeholders. At year end, ii had over 23,000 reviews on Trustpilot, 81% of which were five-star.

In yet another busy year for awards, ii also won Investors Chronicle's Best ISA, the AIC's

Shareholder Engagement Award for the third year running and we were crowned 'Investor Rights Champion' for a second year running.

Consumer duty

In readiness for the FCA's implementation deadline of 31 July 2023, ii ran a project to review all requirements in alignment with the Duty's 'Customer Outcomes'. Areas of focus included: customer journeys and testing of customer communications; completion of 'fair value' assessments across the product range; and a review of the 'target market'. Changes to policy and process, initiated by the project are now embedded within the dayto-day operations of all functions, with ii well placed to demonstrate compliance with Consumer Duty.

Our strategy in action in 2023

In Q3 2023 over 25% of UK cash markettrades in the D2C market were made through our platform. By upgrading our technology, focusing on delivering value and by increasing brand awareness with our first national advertising campaign, in 2023 we laid the foundations for sustained organic growth.

Our businesses – ii continued

organic growth.

Our strategy in action in 2023

In Q3 2023 over 25% of UK cash markettrades in the D2C market were made through our platform. By upgrading our technology, focusing on

advertising campaign, in 2023 we laid the foundations for sustained

delivering value and by increasing brand awareness with our first national

Alain Courbebaisse, Chief Commercial Officer

"Investment is not something that is generally taught in schools, but it's a life skill that has the potential to provide financial freedom much earlier in life."

We asked Alain Courbebaisse, CCO of interactive investor, about the driving factors behind launching Investor Essentials and why he believes that investing should be accessible to everyone.Alain joined ii in March 2023 and is responsible for leading the commercial team, as well as leading ii's business development and integration activity.

Q: Why does ii use a subscription-pricing model?

"Long-term, a flatfee is just a simpler, fairer way of providing an investment service. The beauty of flat-fee pricing is that the more people save and grow their investments, the more they keep. The wider market is dominated by percentage fee-models, which see customers paying more and more as their portfolios grow.

Direct feedback from customers and our own market research confirms that flat-fee is savers' preferred way to invest, and from a business perspective, it also provides financial resilience with our subscription revenue not being linked to market levels."

Q: Why did you launch Investor Essentials?

"Investment platforms can be a powerful force for positive change when they put customer interests at the heart of their pricing. Our flatfee has always been incredible value for larger pots and we wanted our model to work for a broader section of the investing public."

Q: How have you found initial client feedback?

"Feedback from clients has been extremely positive and became even more so in September when we increased the maximum portfolio value to benefit from Essentials up to £50,000 (from £30,000 at launch). We also made the journey even simpler by onboarding all our customers onto Essentials plans and then upgrading them when the value of their portfolio exceeds £50,000."

Q: What does the democratisation of investment mean to you?

"Leaving savings sitting in a low-interest current account or cash, particularly during periods of high inflation, means that individuals and families across the UK are at best missing out on the long-term potential of the stock market and at worse seeing the value of their savings steadily decline in real terms.

Investment is not something that is generally taught in schools and can be quite daunting as a novice, but it's a life skill that has the potential to provide you financial freedom much earlier in life. At ii we don't just want to enable investment; we want to actively encourage it and you'll certainly be seeing us continue to focus on education this year."

Our opportunities for growth

Market penetration: ii continues to focus on organic growth through increased marketing and aims to continue capturing market share, particularly from percentage-fee platforms.
SIPP customers: Our strategy to increase SIPP market penetration continues and we are targeting 20% net growth in SIPP customers, year-on-year.
Implementing new solutions: New solutions including the ii Managed ISA and Managed SIPP, a digitally led financial planning proposition, ii Community and ii360, a new platform for experienced traders, are being developed to attract new customers to our platform.
Group collaboration: ii will continue to collaborate with the wider abrdn business to share talent, skills, products, and operational capability to improve the quality and breadth of investment products and services on offer to customers right across the group.

Sustainability overview

Supporting our clients, our people, and a credible transition toward a better world.

Our focus:

Environment Climate and nature impact

Social People and opportunities

Governance Trust and transparency Investments

41%

In-scope public market portfolio carbon intensity reduction versus 2019 baseline

(2022: 27%)

25%

In-scope real estate portfolio carbon intensity reduction versus 2019 baseline

(2021: 7% increase)

Operations

69%

Operational emissions reduction versus 2018 baseline (2022: 70%)

Our people

54%

Employee engagement level (2022: 50%)

43%

Female representation across global workforce (2022: 43%)

Our communities

£2.1m

Contribution to charitable causes (2022: £2.4m)

Our conduct

99%

Mandatory training completed (2022: 99%)

External rating

AA MSCI ESG Rating (2022: AAA)

Sustainability – Overview

Our focus:

toward a better world.

Environment

Climate and nature impact

Social

People and opportunities

Governance Trust and transparency

Sustainability overview

Supporting our clients, our people, and a credible transition

Investments

41%

2019 baseline (2022: 27%)

25%

2019 baseline

Operations

69%

(2022: 70%)

Our people

54%

(2022: 50%)

43%

(2021: 7% increase)

versus 2018 baseline

In-scope public market portfolio carbon intensity reduction versus Our communities

£2.1m

(2022: £2.4m)

Our conduct

99%

(2022: 99%)

External rating

MSCI ESG Rating (2022: AAA)

Contribution to charitable causes

Mandatory training completed

In-scope real estate portfolio carbon intensity reduction versus

Operational emissions reduction

Employee engagement level

Female representation across global workforce (2022: 43%)

Delivering our climate strategy

We are committed to enabling our clients and customers to achieve their climate goals and to contribute to real world decarbonisation.

Learn more about our approach in our 2023 Sustainability and TCFD report.

abrdn.com 39

Climate oversight and management

Information flow and climate-related actions during the year

Our governance framework

abrdn plc operates using a governance framework aligned to the principles of the UK Corporate Governance Code (2018) (page 86 of the ARA 2023). Our Board of Directors oversee the implementation of the company business model and activities of our businesses: Investments, Adviser, and ii.

The role of our Board and Committees

The Board and Committees provide specific oversight in relation to material business activities and challenge management on matters, which includes climate-related risks and opportunities. Examples of this oversight are outlined on this page, with a focus during 2023 on nonfinancial disclosure requirements and approach.

Our Executive Directors

Our Chief Executive Officer serves as the climate sponsor for the business and bears delegated responsibility from the Board for oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities. Our Chief Financial Officer is incentivised through our Executive Director Remuneration policy, alongside our Chief Executive Officer, to achieve sustained performance against our public targets.

Climate change working groups

Our Chief Executive Officer delegates authority from the Board to our Executive Leadership Team, and in turn to our climate working groups, to support the assessment of climate-related risks and opportunities and to provide related recommendations.

Our Head of Sustainability Insights & Climate Strategy and Head of Corporate Environment Strategy chair two climate-related working groups, which are key to our climate governance structure and consist of subject matter experts from across the business. The groups meet to review and discuss material climate risks and opportunities and shape strategic approaches to climate change. These groups are key forums for identifying matters to be escalated through the Executive Leadership Team and to the Board for consideration. In 2023, we also established a Climate Transition Plan Steering Group and supporting taskforces to prepare for the publication of our first Transition Plan. These forums supported engagement across the business beyond our existing working group activities.

Our wider sustainability governance

We continue to take a forward-looking view and have taken steps to advance our governance beyond climate and to sustainability as a whole. Additional information is available in our Sustainability and TCFD report, available at www.abrdn.com/annualreport

January 2023

Audit Committee review of strategy and approach for nonfinancial disclosure, alongside regulatory requirements,and forward-looking objectives.

February 2023

Audit Committee review of paper advising of controls and processes for key sustainability disclosures related to the 2022 Annual report.

Remuneration Committee review of performance against sustainability-related targets to inform Executive Director remuneration.

Board noting of 2022 Sustainability and TCFD report.

June 2023

Remuneration Committee review of performance against sustainability-related targets.

Strategic update from Chief Corporate Affairs and Investor Relations Officer to the Board, including corporate sustainability priorities.

October 2023

Remuneration Committee review of performance against sustainability-related targets.

December 2023

Audit Committee review of paper advising of controls and processes for key sustainability disclosures, as relates to the 2023 Annual report.

Strategic update from Chief Corporate Affairs and Investor Relations Officer to the Board, including actions taken to prepare our first Climate Transition Plan.

Climate – Governance

Our governance framework

Investments, Adviser, and ii.

Our Executive Directors

Climate change working groups

related recommendations.

activities.

opportunities and shape strategic approaches to climate change. These groups are key forums for identifying matters to be escalated through the Executive Leadership Team and to the Board for consideration. In 2023, we also established a Climate Transition Plan Steering Group and supporting taskforces to prepare for the publication of our first Transition Plan. These forums supported engagement across the business beyond our existing working group

to review and discuss material climate risks and

Our wider sustainability governance

www.abrdn.com/annualreport

The role of our Board and Committees

Climate oversight and management

January 2023

February 2023

Annual report.

remuneration.

June 2023

priorities.

October 2023

December 2023

2023 Annual report.

sustainability-related targets.

our first Climate Transition Plan.

forward-looking objectives.

Audit Committee review of strategy and approach for nonfinancial disclosure, alongside regulatory requirements,and

Audit Committee review of paper advising of controls and processes for key sustainability disclosures related to the 2022

Remuneration Committee review of performance against sustainability-related targets to inform Executive Director

Remuneration Committee review of performance against

Strategic update from Chief Corporate Affairs and Investor Relations Officer to the Board, including corporate sustainability

Remuneration Committee review of performance against

Audit Committee review of paper advising of controls and processes for key sustainability disclosures, as relates to the

Strategic update from Chief Corporate Affairs and Investor Relations Officer to the Board, including actions taken to prepare

Board noting of 2022 Sustainability and TCFD report.

Information flow and climate-related actions during the year

Climate-related risks and opportunities

Our climate risk and opportunity radar

Our sustainable investing opportunity

Many of our clients are interested in opportunities from sustainable investing. This is a strategic focus for our Investments business as we provide the solutions and insight to enable these objectives. In early 2022 we appointed a Chief Sustainability Officer for the business, alongside a newly created Sustainability Group. Our focus has since been recognised with external awards, such as Environmental Finance's ESG fixed income fund of the year, and the Scottish Financial Services Award for Net Zero in 2023. We believe there is a long-term opportunity to enable sustainable investment for our clients and continue to invest in our people, tools, and capabilities to support this. Conversely, we also recognise the risk innate to shifting client preferences should we not be positioned to meet evolving needs.

Our focus on reporting

The regulatory landscape for sustainability reporting continues to move at pace. Due to the global nature of our business, we are exposed to an array of emergent reporting standards, and there is a risk of inadvertent non-compliance, alongside costs to resource and report the required disclosure. Our first and second-line teams continue to monitor the regulatory landscape and we are alert to the implications of frameworks such as ISSB and CSRD. We have historically been an early adopter of sustainability reporting frameworks, such as TCFD, so believe we have a strong foundation to achieve implementation. Nevertheless, there is a risk that we inadvertently fail to meet the expectations of our stakeholders, with potential costs and reputational impacts as the consequence.

Identified climate opportunities		Potential financial impact to abrdn	Applicability	Time horizon	Likelihood
Products and services	Development of lower carbon investment products and services	Revenue opportunity from demand for lower carbon products and services		0-10 yrs	Possible
Resource efficiency	Use of more efficient buildings, technology and transport	Reducedoperational costs		0-10 yrs	Probable
Identified climate risks		Potential financial impact to abrdn	Applicability	Time horizon	Risk score
Policy	Burdensome costs and/or regulatory non-compliance due to enhanced reporting regulations	Costs to gather, analyse, and publish data		0-5 yrs	Medium
and legal		Costs of inadvertent non-compliance, due to volume of global regulation		0-5 yrs	High
Market	Not understanding shifts to client andcustomer preferences	Reduced revenue from decreased demand for products and services		0-10 yrs	Medium
		Potential for missed opportunities due to lack of suitable products and services		0-10 yrs	Medium
	Uncertainty regarding public policy on climate change	Lack of clarity regarding the pace, direction and evolution of public policy exacerbates market uncertainties and associated returns		0-10 yrs	Medium
	Climate-related events impact the financial markets	Volatility impacting clients and reducing revenue and financial performance. Potential for financial instability		0-10 yrs	Medium/ High
		Potential for financial market instability and uncertainty		0-10 yrs	Medium/ High
Reputational	Increased stakeholder concern or negative sentiment	Reduced revenue from decreased demand for products and services		0-5 yrs	High
		Costs associated with potential litigation due to investment decisions		0-5 yrs	High
Physical	Increased severity of extreme weather events	Costsassociated with damage to infrastructure, technology, and disruption to power networks		Ongoing	Medium
		Costs and operational impact of non- office based disruption to colleagues/third party suppliers		Ongoing	Medium
Time periods for climate risk and opportunity radar: Investments ii Adviser Operational impacts

Short: 0-5 years Medium: 5-10 years Long: 10+ years

Climate scenario analysis

Our approach to understanding transition pathways, within managed investments.

Our beliefs driving our analysis

We believe climate scenario analysis is a critical tool to enable a thorough understanding of climate-related risks and opportunities. It is vital that we understand how physical climate change, and the energy transition, may potentially affect the investment returns of the companies and markets in which we invest on behalf of clients. We believe that doing so will support increased resilience, enable us to encourage positive change at the companies in which we invest, and support client objectives. However, there is still uncertainty regarding exactly how policies, technologies and physical impacts will unfold in the future.

Our bespoke approach

Climate scenario analysis provides the means to conduct a forward-looking, quantitative assessment of potential financial impacts arising from climate change. We use a combination of 18bespoke and industry standard scenarios across a range of temperature rises (between 1.3 and 3.2˚C by 2100) and transition pathways up to a time horizon of 2050. Our industry standard scenarios are based upon those created by the Network for Greening the Financial System (NGFS), with our bespoke approach allowing us to incorporate plausible policy assumptions across regions and sectors. This results in a mean scenario that captures our view of the most plausible energy transition. Our third-party modelling partner supports our analysis and refinement of our insights on an annual basis. Our approach goes further to consider the credibility of company transition plans, using a six-factor scoring framework developed in-house. This addresses one of the primary challenges of scenario analysis in that companies negatively exposed to the energy transition can also alter their strategies and take advantage of transition opportunities. Our credibility assessment covers approximately 1,200 of the largest firms by sector, which means that 79% of the 1,000 largest equities in our climate scenario tool are covered by this assessment.

Limitations of modelling

Our framework has limitations inherent to forward-looking analysis and assumptions. Our analysis is primarily focused on equity and fixed income assets, and it is important to acknowledge a reliance on external data, which though improving, remains lacking across some regions and sectors. Our climate scenario analysis cannot capture the impacts from companies coming into and out of business during the energy transition. Our baseline scenario also assumes that the market has accurately priced transition risks and does not account for market inefficiencies or level of understanding of market participants. The overriding limitation is that our exercise is a simplification of the real world and must be reviewed alongside other analysis to support effective decision-making.

Our insight and conclusions

Our latest insight suggests the world is not on track to achieve Paris Agreement goals, with our analysis suggesting that the most likely outcome is a 2.3°C world by 2100. Our frameworkallowsus to generate forecasts on the effects of our climate scenarios on over 24,000equity assetsand 52,000corporatebonds.This canbe aggregatedtosector,regional,andfundlevels. However, our core insightis that the impact from climate change is mostly a micro phenomenon. This is because at an aggregate level the negative impacts on individual securities are largely offset by positive effects on others; therefore, suggesting actionable insight comes from looking at the dispersion across and within sectors. Figure 1 illustrates this and plots the dispersion of uplifts and impairments across sectors using our mean scenario as our most plausible view of the energy transition.

Resilience of abrdn as a firm

Our climate scenario analysis takes an external view to inform our investment processes. The resilience of the Group is explored in the Viability statement on page 74.

Climate – Strategy continued

Our beliefs driving our analysis

Our bespoke approach

investments.

Climate scenario analysis

Our approach to understanding transition pathways, within managed

Limitations of modelling

Our insight and conclusions

overriding limitation is that our exercise is a simplification of the real world and must be reviewed alongside other analysis to support effective decision-making.

aggregatedtosector,regional,andfundlevels. However, our core insightis that the impact from climate change is mostly a micro phenomenon. This is because at an aggregate level the negative impacts on individual securities are largely offset by positive effects on others; therefore, suggesting actionable insight comes from looking at the dispersion across and within sectors. Figure 1 illustrates this and plots the dispersion of uplifts and impairments across sectors using our mean scenario as

assetsand 52,000corporatebonds.This canbe

our most plausible view of the energy transition.

Our climate scenario analysis takes an external view to inform our investment processes. The resilience of the Group is explored in the Viability statement on page 74.

Resilience of abrdn as a firm

Figure 1:

research

February 2023.

Estimated asset impairments and uplifts from our latest

their strategies and take advantage of transition opportunities. Our credibility assessment covers

scenario tool are covered by this assessment.

approximately 1,200 of the largest firms by sector, which means that 79% of the 1,000 largest equities in our climate

Probability weighted mean scenario,

Our climate change toolkit

Identifying and managing climate-related risks

Climate-related risk is integrated within our Enterprise Risk Management Framework, which is subject to Board oversight. We operate 'three lines of defence' with defined roles and responsibilities across the business. Climate change is considered amongst our principal risks and uncertainties but is not defined as a principal risk due to its close association with other risk categories.

In other words, we view climate risk to be material, but it is better perceived through financial or regulatory and legal risk categories at the enterprise level. More information on our principal risks from pages 76-79.

Identifying and assessing climate-related risks

Our identification of climate-related risks and opportunities is led by our first line sustainability teams, with our Group risk assessment being based on our Enterprise Risk Management risk impact matrix. Our Investments business has a dedicated Sustainability Group, led by our Chief Sustainability Officer, and we have a Corporate Sustainability team which works closely with our businesses to identify and manage sustainability risks and opportunities, including those related to climate change.

Our climate risk and opportunity radar (page 41) reflects our assessment. Climate change considerations are part of our day-to-day risk management processes, but we periodically revalidate our Group assessment. In January 2024, our Chief Risk Officer chaired a workshop with representatives from across abrdn to refresh our radar. The focus of the radar is the likelihood and impacts of risks and opportunities, and we have mitigation, or realisation strategies aligned to each risk or opportunity. We consider inherent risk and quality of controls to determine a residual risk score.

Our business is predominantly exposed to transition risk (and opportunity) as markets, policy, and regulations come to terms with alignment to a lower carbon world. This is of particular significance for our Investments business as we invest on behalf of our clients and incorporate material climate-related risks and opportunities into our investment processes. We believe our Adviser and ii businesses face less direct exposure to climate-risks, as platform versus investment management businesses.

Managing risk with our climate change toolkit

In addition to the expertise of our sustainability and ESG professionals, we have developed a range of tools to integrate and inform both our internal decision-making processes and those of our platform clients. These tools support decision-making with data, research, and insight, and in the case of our Investments business, are integrated with our risk management processes.1 It is important to be clear that climate considerations are not material to every investment decision,and integration depends on the objective of the fund or strategy, nor are tools without limitations. Supporting data is drawn from a range of vendors with different levels of data coverage. We aim to improve our capabilities each year.

Carbon metrics

Provides a baseline for measuring climate impact, providing an understanding of portfolio carbon intensity and financed emissions. This enables an understanding of climate-related risks at portfolio, sector, and company levels.

Climate scenario analysis platform

Provides a forward-looking view on transition and physical risks and opportunities. Enables assessment of potential financial impacts by geography, sector, and company. Supports portfolio construction and solution development.

Credibility assessment framework

Our framework assesses corporate net zero targets using a sixfactor scale, considering ambition, performance, readiness, policy environment, market penetration, and governance. This supports our identification of transition leaders.

Portfolio alignment

In 2023 we developed a portfolio alignment tool, which assesses target design and emissions performance of 20,000+ companies. We translate the output to three alignment metrics, with initial application to a subset of our funds.

Blueprint for Decarbonisation: Real Estate

Our direct real estate investment process is informed by 21 sustainability indicators, which include climate factors to support the determination of risks and opportunities. This is an input into our due diligence process.

ii ACE 40 investments

The 'ACE 40' list aims to support retail investors to find quality choices among the available universe of sustainable funds across asset classes, regions, and investment styles to allow them to construct a global well–diversified portfolio.

Adviser platform enablement

Our platform provides access to a range of sustainable investment options. We believe this is an increasing consideration for advisers andprovide information outlining common types of sustainable investments on our website.

Further information on toolkit applicability in our 2023 Sustainability and TCFD report, available at www.abrdn.com/annualreport

Investments

Adviser

STRATEGIC REPORT

Active ownership and solutions

Enabling decarbonisation through ownership and solutions

Focus on real-world decarbonisation

Our climate engagement strategy is focused on understanding climate-related financial risks within our holdings and driving real-world decarbonisation. One way we can do this is through engaging with our largest financed emitters to seek transparency on decarbonisation milestones and to advocate for increased disclosure. In 2022, for our public market investments, we launched a two-year engagement programme with our top 20 largest financed emitters. Our expectation is that over two years we will observe meaningful progress against climate-related milestones. If we do not see sufficient progress against these milestones, we will take voting action and/or consider reducing our financial exposure, if we believe a lack of progress represents a clear financial risk to our clients. Our assessment of companies is informed by relevant standards, such as the Climate Action 100+ net zero benchmark, and our own credibility assessment framework. We provide additional information on our progress to date in our Stewardship report and Sustainability and TCFD report. Available at www.abrdn.com/annualreport

Exercising voting and ownership rights

In addition to encouraging improvement through targeted engagement, we may take voting action at companies that we identify as climate laggardsand on climaterelated shareholder resolutions. Our public voting policy outlines our expectations, and we disclose our voting decisions on our website the day after a general meeting. We use data from groups, such as CDP, to inform our decisions and understanding.

Climate change resolutions	2023	2022
Resolutions voted	162	141
Votes in favour	40%	56%
Votes against management	55%	26%

Targets & Transition
Say on Climate
Fossil Fuel Financing
Disclosure & Oversight
Lobbying
Just Transition

'Say on climate' resolutions

We are supportive of ambitious corporate sustainability strategies and targets but note an increasing trend toward those strategies being tabled for shareholder approval. While we welcome the intention of the transparency, we believe they have the potential to dilute board accountability and limit potential future investor challenge. We have therefore taken the decision to abstain from those resolutions, as we believe other mechanisms offer more effective approaches.

Collaboration and advocacy

We are members of the Net Zero Asset Managers initiative, the Institutional Investors Group on Climate Change (IIGCC), the Powering Past Coal Alliance (PPCA) and Climate Action 100+. We are also research funding partners for the Transition Pathway Initiative. Our belief is that industry collaboration is an important mechanism to encourage action and promote best practice. The Net Zero Investment Framework (NZIF) from the IIGCC is the foundation for our approach to climate solutions. We contributed toward NZIF as part of our involvement with IIGCC.

Investment solutions in support of climate goals

We are proactively developing climate transition and low carbon investment solutions to align climate ambition with investment opportunity, to help our clients achieve their climate goals. We work with current and prospective clients to understand and enable their objectives. Our focus is to offer a range of options for clients, whether they have made commitments to net zero, or are interested more broadly in transition opportunities.

Climate considerations are incorporated to different extents across our fund range, with our sustainability focused solutions designed to meet four broad types of client needs. We offer a small number of climate thematic funds, but also apply climate-related screens, or decarbonisation targets to other sustainability focused products. We also work directly with clients on segregated mandates to outline how we can support any climate-related objectives they may have. This is in addition to using tools, such as climate scenario analysis, and research capabilities to inform our wider investment processes (pages 42 to 43).

Many of our clients have set goals aligned to net zero but this does not automatically translate to mandates. Markets and policy environments need to align to support decarbonisation at pace. Equally, terms like sustainability and ESG are increasingly subject to public challenge. Against this backdrop our Head of Sustainability Insights and Climate Strategy spent time during 2023 speaking with clients in the US, Australia, Singapore, Hong Kong, and at COP28; hearing first-hand from investors as to their priorities, and highlighting some of the risks and opportunities we have identified related to climate change. We will continue to actively engage with our clients in support of their objectives.

Climate – Risk management continued

Focus on real-world decarbonisation Our climate engagement strategy is focused on understanding climate-related financial risks within our holdings and driving real-world decarbonisation. One way we can do this is through engaging with our largest financed emitters to seek transparency on decarbonisation milestones and to advocate for increased disclosure. In 2022, for our public market investments, we launched a two-year engagement programme with our top 20 largest financed emitters. Our

expectation is that over two years we will observe

assessment of companies is informed by relevant standards, such as the Climate Action 100+ net zero benchmark, and our own credibility assessment framework. We provide additional information on our progress to date in our Stewardship report and Sustainability and TCFD report. Available at

Exercising voting and ownership rights

www.abrdn.com/annualreport

decisions and understanding.

'Say on climate' resolutions

we do not see sufficient progress against these milestones, we will take voting action and/or consider reducing our financial exposure, if we believe a lack of progress represents a clear financial risk to our clients. Our

meaningful progress against climate-related milestones. If

Climate change resolutions 2023 2022 Resolutions voted 162 141 Votes in favour 40% 56% Votes against management 55% 26%

transparency, we believe they have the potential to dilute board accountability and limit potential future investor challenge. We have therefore taken the decision to abstain from those resolutions, as we believe other mechanisms offer more effective approaches.

Active ownership and solutions

Collaboration and advocacy

as part of our involvement with IIGCC.

Investment solutions in support

of climate goals

transition opportunities.

processes (pages 42 to 43).

our clients in support of their objectives.

Enabling decarbonisation through ownership and solutions

Portfolio decarbonisation

We are targeting a 50% reduction in the carbon intensity of in-scope assets versus a 2019 baseline by 2030, within our Investments business.

In 2023 we report a 41% reduction in thecarbon intensity of in-scope public market assets (2022: 27%), and a 25% reduction tothe carbon intensity ofin-scope directreal estateassets (2021: 7% increase), versus our 2019baselines.

Public markets: Progress to date

This is our second year of reporting against our target, with a 41% reduction in the carbon intensity of in-scope public market assets versus our 2019 baseline (2022: 27%). Inscope assets include equities, fixed income, and active quantitative strategies, with decarbonisation across each asset class. Our progress to date is in-line with our initial expectations,based on emission intensity trajectories from climate scenario analysis, and we note a gradual increase to client mandated decarbonisation in segregated accounts, which is an important enabler to achieving our target. We also note client inflows to low-carbon quantitative strategies over the last three years, with these products being a significant contributor to reducing public market carbon intensity, due to targeting low-carbon exposures as part of the product strategy mandate.

Real-world decarbonisation

There remain significant challenges to overcome to achieve real-world decarbonisation, including favourable policy environments, data availability, and client demand. Reductions in portfolio carbon intensity may not be attributable to real-world impact. Our strategy to drive this change is supported by climate scenario analysis, work to understand corporate credibility (page 42), active ownership, and solutions development (page 44). Our carbon target isan aggregate indicator and does not reflect specific objectives of all clients and funds.

Additional portfolio emissions metrics

Our teams can monitor a range of carbon metrics, with tools enabling disaggregation to specific holdings. These metrics are not part of our target but can inform our processes, and support climate-related risk management.

Public market decarbonisation 26% AUMA)

WACI: tCO2e/\$m Revenue (Scope 1 and 2)

41% reduction (2022: 27% reduction) 25% reduction (2021 : 7% increase)

'19		234.4
'22	171.5
'23	139.0

Weighted average carbon intensity (WACI) is our method of tracking public market decarbonisation, in line with the original recommendations of TCFD. In-scope assets include equities, fixed income, and active quantitative strategies.

Real estate: Reporting a less volatile metric

In our 2022 disclosure we noted our intention to introduce the calculation of real estate emissions intensity by floor area (m2). This is a static denominator; whereas our previous metric used valuation (£GAV), which can be volatile and may less meaningfully represent the carbon intensity of real estate assets. We are restating our data using the floor area metric, as we believe this to be a more credible basis to monitor our long-term target.

Drivers of change in carbon intensity

Between 2019 and 2022, we note a reduction in carbon intensity by floor area of 25%. This can be attributed to changes to property type composition of in-scope portfolios, decarbonisation of UK and EU energy grids, and more efficient management of assets. We note a reduction by floor area of 35% to office assets, which typically have a higher carbon intensity than other asset types. This is often due to the proportion of landlord procured energy (Scope 1 and 2) being higher for offices than for retail and industrial parks, where tenants often procure a higher proportion of energy. Changes to our portfolio, such as this, mean that our reported reduction cannot be directly attributed to real-world changes. However, ona like-for-like basis (e.g.assets that wereheld through2019and 2022), we note an 18% reduction in carbon intensity, illustrating a carbon intensity reduction irrespective of portfolio change.

Taking the long-term view

Our portfolio of assets is diverse, and we have a framework to understand the actions required to support our target. This is expected to outline transition pathways for all our direct real estate funds by 2025, with supporting actions to achieve real-world decarbonisation.

Real estate decarbonisation (2% AUMA)

Carbon intensity: kgCO2e/m2 (Scope 1 and 2)

'19		11.05
'21		11.78
'22	8.26

Carbon intensity for in-scope direct real estate is normalised by floor area and reported forthe 2022 financial year. There is a significant lag to the collection of real estate metrics from individual assets, preventing reporting to 31 December 2023.

Further information available in our 2023 Sustainability and TCFD report, available at www.abrdn.com/annualreport

Operational targets and emissions

We are targeting operational net zero by 2040, with clear progress versus our interim objective.

In 2023 we remained on track to meet our objective of a 50% reduction in reported operational emissions by 2025. We report a 69% reduction versus our 2018 base year. This is driven largely by a significant reduction to business travel since 2018, which we attribute to the adoption of hybrid working within abrdn, and amongst those we work with. We also note significant declines in emissions associated with energy use in our office since 2018, which we have consolidated as part of wider organisational change programmes. Year-on-year, we note an increase in reported operational emissions by 4%.

Despite a fall in travel related emissions since our baseline year, we note an uptick in business travel since 2022, which is offset by reductions in energy use in our offices, and a reduced estimate for employees working from home (see page 47). This increased business travel demonstrates a partial return to pre-COVID-19 working patterns, with our challenge now to support behaviour change to address these residual emissions. Our ways of working have fundamentally changed, with this now fully reflected in our corporate emissions profile. Further information, including limitations, and reporting method provided on page 47.

Operational climate targets1 in metric tonnes of CO2e (tCO2e)		2018 base year	2022	2023	% change versus base year
Operational net zero by 2040
50% reduction in operational emissions by 2025		32,218	9,5502	9,919	-69%

Scope 1 and 2 reported emissions
in metric tonnes of CO2e (tCO2e)
Scope 13		2,667	817	739 	-72%
Scope 2 (Location based)4		7,069	2,031	1,821 	-74%
Total Scope 1 and 2 (Location based)		9,736	2,848	2,560	-74%
Scope 2 (Market based)		4,376	687	558	-87%
Scope 3 reported emissions5 in metric tonnes of CO2e (tCO2e)
Fuel-and energy-related activities		451	150	135
Waste from operations		-	5	7
Business travel6		22,031	4,175	6,012
Employees working from home7		-	2,372	1,205
Total Scope 3		22,482	6,702	7,359 	-67%
Total energy consumption in kilowatt-hours (kWh '000s)
UK energy consumption	26,658	10,639	10,746	-60%
Global energy consumption (excluding UK)	8,451	2,388	1,812	-79%
Total energy consumption	35,109	13,027	12,558 	-64%
Emissions intensity metric in metric tonnes of CO2e (tCO2e)
Scope 1 & 2 emissions intensity per full-time employee equivalent (FTE)8		1.57	0.56	0.54	-66%
Reported emissions by location in metric tonnes of CO2e (tCO2e)
	UK	2,629	776	702	-73%
Scope 1	Global (excluding UK)	38	41	37	-3%
	UK	4,181	1,305	1,275	-70%
Scope 2 (Location based)	Global (excluding UK)	2,888	726	546	-81%

Operational net zero and interim reduction targets are based on reported Scope 1, 2, and 3 absolute emissions (tCO2e) reductions.
2022 total restated to 9,550 tCO2e (previously 14,246 tCO2e) following the application of a revised method to estimate employees working from home. 3. Scope 1 emissions include natural gas, fluorinated gas, company-owned vehicles, and stationary fuel.
Scope 2 emissions include purchased electricity and district heating.
Scope 3 reported emissions do not include some emissions categories deemed to be material but where data is currently unavailable. Refer to page 47.
Rail and flight journeys for business travel are calculated using the GHG Protocol's distance-based method. Exclusions apply to countries in APAC, where only Singapore and Australia are included.
2022 estimate associated with employees working from home restated to 2,372 tCO2e (previously 7,068 tCO2e) due to methodology changes. Refer to page 47.
Emissions intensity reporting based on FTE as of 31 December 2023 of 4,719 (2022: 5,130 and 2018: 6,192). We deem this the most applicable intensity metric for our operational emissions footprint due to our impacts largely relating to how and where we work, e.g., offices, travel, and homeworking.
2023 data subject to Independent Limited Assurance in accordance with ISAE(UK)3000 and ISAE3410 by KPMG. Assurance statementand detailed reporting criteriaincluded in the Sustainability and TCFD report at www.abrdn.com/annualreport

Emissions reporting

Method and supporting commentary

Operational reporting methodology

Climate – Metrics and targets continued

versus our interim objective.

in reported operational emissions by 4%.

Operational climate targets1 in metric tonnes of CO2e (tCO2e)

Scope 1 and 2 reported emissions in metric tonnes of CO2e (tCO2e)

Scope 3 reported emissions5 in metric tonnes of CO2e (tCO2e)

Total energy consumption in kilowatt-hours (kWh '000s)

Emissions intensity metric in metric tonnes of CO2e (tCO2e)

Reported emissions by location in metric tonnes of CO2e (tCO2e)

Operational net zero and interim reduction targets are based on reported Scope 1, 2, and 3 absolute emissions (tCO2e) reductions.
Scope 1 emissions include natural gas, fluorinated gas, company-owned vehicles, and stationary fuel.

reporting criteriaincluded in the Sustainability and TCFD report at www.abrdn.com/annualreport

Scope 2 emissions include purchased electricity and district heating.

Scope 1 & 2 emissions intensity per full-time employee

only Singapore and Australia are included.

page 47.

2022 total restated to 9,550 tCO2e (previously 14,246 tCO2e) following the application of a revised method to estimate employees working from home.

Operational targets and emissions

We are targeting operational net zero by 2040, with clear progress

Operational net zero by 2040 32,218 9,5502 9,919 -69% 50% reduction in operational emissions by 2025

Scope 13 2,667 817 739 -72% Scope 2 (Location based)4 7,069 2,031 1,821 -74% Total Scope 1 and 2 (Location based) 9,736 2,848 2,560 -74% Scope 2 (Market based) 4,376 687 558 -87%

Total Scope 3 22,482 6,702 7,359 -67%

UK energy consumption 26,658 10,639 10,746 -60% Global energy consumption (excluding UK) 8,451 2,388 1,812 -79% Total energy consumption 35,109 13,027 12,558 -64%

equivalent (FTE)8 1.57 0.56 0.54 -66%

Scope 1 UK 2,629 ⁷⁷⁶ ⁷⁰² -73%

Scope 2 (Location based) UK 4,181 1,305 1,275 -70%

Global (excluding UK) 38 41 37 -3%

Global (excluding UK) 2,888 726 546 -81%

Fuel-and energy-related activities 451 150 135 Waste from operations - 5 7 Business travel6 22,031 4,175 6,012 Employees working from home7 - 2,372 1,205

2018

base year 2022 2023

% change versus base year

Scope 3 reported emissions do not include some emissions categories deemed to be material but where data is currently unavailable. Refer to page 47. 6. Rail and flight journeys for business travel are calculated using the GHG Protocol's distance-based method. Exclusions apply to countries in APAC, where
2022 estimate associated with employees working from home restated to 2,372 tCO2e (previously 7,068 tCO2e) due to methodology changes. Refer to
Emissions intensity reporting based on FTE as of 31 December 2023 of 4,719 (2022: 5,130 and 2018: 6,192). We deem this the most applicable intensity metric for our operational emissions footprint due to our impacts largely relating to how and where we work, e.g., offices, travel, and homeworking. 9. 2023 data subject to Independent Limited Assurance in accordance with ISAE(UK)3000 and ISAE3410 by KPMG. Assurance statementand detailed

Our emissions inventory on page 46 is reported in line with Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Protocol. We use an operational control boundary and exclude any joint ventures and associates. Emissions associated with our direct operations are therefore representative of abrdn plc and its wholly-owned and operated subsidiaries.

Scope 1 and 2 emissions categories

Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions are captured and converted from recorded metrics, such as kilowatt-hours (kWh) to tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent (tCO2e) using regional guidance on conversion factors. If data is unavailable for in-scope sites on 31 December, emissions are estimated using comparative time periods or other applicable methods.

Reported Scope 3 emissions categories

We report fuel and energy related activities (Category 3), waste from operations (Category 5), business travel (category 6), and an estimate for employees working from home. For each category we follow GHG Protocol guidance and prioritise the conversion of real data, such as passenger kilometres travelled, to tCO2e using applicable conversion factors. We are reliant on third parties for the collection of some of this data, including waste contractors and travel booking platforms. There are also immaterial limitations linked to completeness in that data may not always be available for our entire estate or is subject to estimates or apportioning due to shared offices. We prioritise reporting based on proportion FTE and aim for continuous improvement year on year.

Other Scope 3 emissions categories

We do not currently report against all 15 categories of Scope 3 defined by the GHG Protocol. Our assessment is that some categories are not material due to the nature of our operations. However, we acknowledge gaps related to purchased goods and services (Category 1), capital goods (Category 2), employee commuting (Category 7) and investments (Category 15). During 2023 our procurement function has worked to develop a Category 1 and 2 baseline, which we expect to report in future. We also carried out an employee survey which will enable us to establish a Category 7 baseline. Our focus for Category 15 has been to enable our clients to understand emissions related to their portfolios and we disclose portfolio carbon intensity metrics on page 45, with scope limited by data coverage and availability. This does not currently include financed emissions associated with the assets on the abrdn balance sheet (pages 92-93). Our intention is to discloseall material emissions categories over time. However, our priority is to ensure the data capability to enable client objectives. We will continue to allocate resources with that view but expect to add to our disclosure over time. This may result in adjustments to our reported baseline and targets in future periods.

Restating emissions linked to homeworking

In 2022 we noted our intention to reflect on our approach to estimating carbon emissions associated with colleagues working from home. We continue to believe this is the right thing to do but acknowledge the lack of an accepted standard method to calculate those emissions. In 2023 we have revised our approach in collaboration with our partners, Pawprint, using an employee survey to inform the basis of the calculation. Our 2023 figure (1,205 tCO2e) is significantly lower than previous years' estimations. This is due to a reduction in homeworking, more nuanced analysis of home energy use and the model now accounting for numbers of people working from home and dividing the energy requirements per individual. We have also restated our 2022 figures using our new methodology with Pawprint to enable the reporting of comparative figures.

Portfolio emissions metrics

As investors we do not have access to real-time emissions data from companies and assets. There also remain significant reporting gaps across some regions and sectors, with Scope 3 reporting still to fully develop. We use Scope 1 and 2 data to track progress against our target and report core portfolio level metrics (page 45). The source for this data set in public markets is a specialist third-party provider, whereas data for real estate is collected directly from those assets. Both routes include a lag associated with data being reported, collated, and made available to investors. Asset classes other than listed equity, corporate credit, and real estate remain difficult to accurately monitor due to data availability and nascent methodologies. Our portfolio metrics are based upon the original recommendations of TCFD, and methods established by the Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials (PCAF), which we believe to be best practice. It is also important to recognise that portfoliocarbon metrics are subject to volatility not related to changes in emissions, with revenues, asset values, and markets as key drivers. We believe that tracking and reporting these metrics is critical, but that tools such as climate scenario analysis (page 42)arealso essential to support decision-making.

Our commitments

We are:

Client first

From every seat in our business, we understand our unique role in enabling our clients to be better investors, regardless of where we fit in the organisation.

Meet Will

Chief Information Security and Resilience Officer, UK

"I'm a problem solver – if I can't find the solution to a clients' needs, I'll find someone who can (and see it through to the end!)"

"Empowerment leads to trust and a sense of ownership, and this can in turn lead to increased speed of

Kate Doyle

Empowered

We speak up, challenge and act. We take ownership for our work, we accept accountability for our successes and, when they happen, our failures too.

delivery"

Will Lynch

We strive for exceptional performance. We also know when to balance pace with perfection to get things done. We are passionate about the positive impact we can have on our business.

Transparent

We have the honest and important conversations that fuel our performance and build trusted relationships.

Investments, Americas

"Ambition means constantly seeking new and improved ways of doing things"

Jacqueline Tan

"Transparency is about being open with people – it helps to build trust and confidence in one another"

Jose Paulino

"I'm a problem solver – if I can't find the solution to a clients' needs, I'll find someone who can (and see it

"Empowerment leads to trust and a sense of ownership, and this can in turn lead to increased speed of

"Ambition means constantly seeking new and improved ways of doing

"Transparency is about being open with people – it helps to build trust and confidence in one another"

through to the end!)"

Kate Doyle

delivery"

Will Lynch

things"

Jacqueline Tan

Jose Paulino

People – Our commitments

We are:

Client first

fit in the organisation.

Empowered

our failures too.

Ambitious

We strive for exceptional

get things done. We are passionate about the positive impact we can have on our

Transparent

conversations that fuel our performance and build trusted

relationships.

We have the honest and important

business.

performance. We also know when to balance pace with perfection to

We speak up, challenge and act. We take ownership for our work, we accept accountability for our successes and, when they happen,

From every seat in our business, we understand our unique role in enabling our clients to be better investors, regardless of where we

Our commitments

Embedding our commitments

Actions we are taking in support of colleague engagement

In early 2022 we set out to redefine our culture at abrdn, which supports the delivery of our purpose and strategy. This involved looking across the business to understand what our colleagues feel proud of and reflecting on what our clients need from us to deliver our strategy. Our commitments are the output of this reimagining. Our objective was to create an environment where colleagues feel empowered to speak up, where we are ambitious in what we do, but also transparent in how we go about it, ensuring we enable our clients to be better investors.

During 2023 we have focused on integrating our commitments into every stage of colleague experience, supported by powerful storytelling and robust feedback mechanisms. We have also been focused on taking actions to improve transparency, communication, and recognition across the organisation, with a series of engagement programmes.

Talking talent series

We are focused on creating an environment where colleagues feel abrdn is the place to grow their careers. Building on our 2022 series we invited leaders and colleagues to come together to share personal development stories through 'Talking talent'. This helps amplify our existing learning and development programmes and illustrate opportunities available at different career stages.

Our 2023 engagementresults

Each year our annual engagement survey provides colleagues with the opportunity to have their voices heard. Our November 2023 survey saw 79% of our people take part, with over 5,200 comments providing a rich picture of how we are doing across areas of focus. Amidst a challenging market, ongoing transformation, and organisational change, overall colleague engagement increased slightly to 54% (2022: 50%). We see positive scores attributed to the roles people play, their sense of inclusion, the nature of their work, and motivation levels. Where we have focused, we see improvements across 2023, with increased scores around leadership, systems, and processes. As we transform abrdn, we continue to focus on our culture and the actions we need to take to shape our overall colleague experience. Whilst we know there is work to do, we are ambitious and committed to making demonstrable progress for our people.

Awards and recognition

In 2022 only 44% of colleagues felt recognised for their work in the business. We want colleagues to feel celebrated for the extraordinary work they do, so we launched our first 'abrdn awards,' with over 600 colleagues receiving a nomination which wasa great response as we came together in celebration. In 2023 we saw an improvement to 64% of colleagues feeling recognised for their work.

Leadership communication programme

Colleagues told us they needed to hear more from our senior leaders. In response we launched six new communication channels to facilitate authentic conversations between colleagues and leaders. This includes monthly CEO broadcasts, frequent townhalls, and informal coffee sessions with targeted groups. We collect feedback from these sessions and have seen upticks to how colleagues feel about transparency and in their understanding of our strategy.

"This is exactly what we need as staff – honesty, transparency and the opportunity to ask questions."

Anonymous survey feedback

Between January 2023 and November 2023, we observed a 12% increase in colleague confidence in our leaders.

Leadership communication channels active during 2023	Leadership visibility	Clarity of strategy	Understanding and connection to our purpose	Building confidence in our future	Equipping leaders for success
As it is (CEO messaging) Monthly broadcast to all colleagues
Let's Hear It (colleagues) Bi-monthly live Q&A with our leaders
Let's Hear It (leaders) Bi-monthly live Q&A with our leaders
Leader Essentials Monthly email for all people leaders
Results Live Q&A focused on performance
Executive Leadership Team (ELT) coffee sessions Small informal group conversations

Diversity, equity & inclusion (DEI)

We believe in the benefits of a diverse and inclusive workforce, with different perspectives helping to improve decision making

Our strategy intends to make a positive impact across our business and is led by our Executive Leadership Team, with oversight from our Board. We are focused on delivering our gender, ethnicity, and social mobility action plan, with four guiding priorities. We also believe setting targets is an effective way to make progress. Our targets to 2025 are outlined on page 51, and we have introduced a senior leadership ethnicity target, which we will begin reporting on from 2024, with the aim to be delivered in 2027. This follows the recommendation of the UK Government supported Parker Review. Our approach is recognised externally, and we were delighted to be named in the 2023 Financial Times Diversity Leader List and be given recognition from Citywire, 100 Women in Finance, and the Equality Group. Find out more at www.abrdn.com/annualreport

Our four guiding priorities:

1	DEI is part of our purpose. We embed our commitment to DEI through our brand, culture, suppliers and partners we choose, and the way we engage with companies we invest in.
2	Our ways of working are inclusive. Our priority is to make sure people feel connected and that all opportunities are equitable. Managers lead inclusive working for hybrid teams.
3	We feel valued and included everyday. We focus on building the capability and awareness to drive inclusive conversations and active allyship.
4	We bring diverse talent through our organisation. We focus on minimising any potential bias or barriers in our processes, policies, and approach.

Our gender, ethnicity, and social mobility action plans

Gender

Achieve gender balance across all levels of our organisation.

What we have done:

Recruitment

Tools such as augmented writing software for job adverts, returnship programmes for women, and partnerships with organisations such as GAIN (Girls are Investors) help attract more women into roles in our business.

Development

Introduction of development offerings for women at early and mid-career stages.

Data

We promote accountability by providing leaders with increasingly detailed data.

Capability

Actions taken to address barriers to career progression, such as steps to build our Career Framework, and creating safe spaces to share and learn.

Colleague support

Our Balance colleague network provides support and runs sessions on topics such as mental health and career progression.

Policy

Our benefits policies and gender policies are inclusive, including equal parent leave in the UK.

Example actions from ourbusiness to support inclusivity:

Active ownership and gender diversity

In 2023 we wrote to 16 US companies to outline our minimum expectation of 30% female representation on boards of companies with a market capitalisation of \$10bn or more. In total we took voting action at 90US companies due to board gender diversity concerns.

Ethnicity

Improving outcomes for ethnic minority colleagues.

What we have done:

Recruitment

Tools such as diverse interviewer pools, and partnerships with organisations such as 10000 Interns Foundation to help us reach minority ethnic candidates.

Developing understanding

We produced a 'Talk about race' guide to support colleagues talking openly about race and to build inclusion.

Data

We believe industry transparency helps drive progress and have published ethnicity data on regional representation.

Capability

We run cultural awareness workshops and promote 'Human Library' learning opportunities.

Colleague support

Our Unity colleague network runs regular events and provides learning opportunities across the business.

Public commitments.

We were one of the inaugural signatories to the Race At Work Charter in 2018 and also joined the Corporate Call to Action and Coalition for Equity and Opportunity.

Social mobility

Positive outcomes for people facing barriers in society.

What we have done:

Fair work

We are accredited UK Living Wage and Living Hours employers.

Recruitment

We have partnerships with organisations such as SEO London to help us reach candidates from different economic backgrounds.

Developing understanding

We produced a 'Talk about class' guide to support colleagues talking openly about social mobility issues.

Data

We have embedded social mobility questions into our recruitment processes to deepen our understanding.

Colleague support

Our NextGen colleague network runs regular events across the business.

Working across our industry

We work collaboratively with groups including the Living Wage Foundation. These collaborations help us share best practice and encourage cross industry working.

50 abrdn.com

Adviser

In 2023 our Client Engagement Hub piloted the use of biometric technology, which can monitor stress levelsat work. We hope to identify insights from the data to support colleague wellbeing, and to help us be client first,through increased learning, or training, on common themes.

ii and Pension Essentials

In 2023 we launched Pension Essentials, expanding our Which? Recommended SIPP pension product to provide lower fees for pots under £50,000. Our Great British Retirement survey supports this need, finding that 76% of self-employed people are paying nothing into a pension.

Diversity targets

People – Diversity, equity & inclusion

of the UK Government supported Parker Review. Our approach is recognised externally, and we were delighted to be named in the 2023 Financial Times Diversity Leader List and be given recognition from Citywire, 100 Women in Finance, and the Equality Group. Find out more at

www.abrdn.com/annualreport

Achieve gender balance across all

Introduction of development offerings for women at early and mid-career stages.

We promote accountability by providing leaders with increasingly detailed data.

Our Balance colleague network provides support and runs sessions on topics such as mental health and career progression.

Our benefits policies and gender policies are inclusive, including equal parent leave

Active ownership and gender diversity In 2023 we wrote to 16 US companies to outline our minimum expectation of 30% female representation on boards of companies with a market capitalisation of \$10bn or more. In total we took voting action at 90US companies due to board

gender diversity concerns.

Example actions from ourbusiness to support inclusivity:

Actions taken to address barriers to career progression, such as steps to build our Career Framework, and creating safe spaces to share and learn.

levels of our organisation.

What we have done:

Gender

Recruitment

Development

Data

Capability

Policy

in the UK.

Colleague support

Diversity, equity & inclusion (DEI)

We believe in the benefits of a diverse and inclusive workforce, with different perspectives helping to improve decision making

Our four guiding priorities:

DEI is part of our purpose.

Our ways of working are inclusive.

lead inclusive working for hybrid teams.

in our processes, policies, and approach.

Social mobility

Fair work

Recruitment

backgrounds.

Data

working.

barriers in society.

What we have done:

Living Hours employers.

Developing understanding

social mobility issues.

Colleague support

We feel valued and included everyday.

We embed our commitment to DEI through our brand, culture, suppliers and partners we choose, and the way we engage with companies we invest in.

Our priority is to make sure people feel connected and that all opportunities are equitable. Managers

We focus on building the capability and awareness to drive inclusive conversations and active allyship.

Positive outcomes for people facing

We are accredited UK Living Wage and

We have partnerships with organisations such as SEO London to help us reach candidates from different economic

We produced a 'Talk about class' guide to support colleagues talking openly about

We have embedded social mobility questions into our recruitment processes

Our NextGen colleague network runs regular events across the business.

We work collaboratively with groups including the Living Wage Foundation. These collaborations help us share best practice and encourage cross industry

to deepen our understanding.

Working across our industry

ii and Pension Essentials

We bring diverse talent through our organisation. We focus on minimising any potential bias or barriers

Our gender, ethnicity, and social mobility action plans

Improving outcomes for ethnic

Tools such as diverse interviewer pools, and partnerships with organisations such as 10000 Interns Foundation to help us reach minority ethnic candidates.

We produced a 'Talk about race' guide to support colleagues talking openly about

We believe industry transparency helps drive progress and have published ethnicity data on regional representation.

We run cultural awareness workshops and promote 'Human Library' learning

Our Unity colleague network runs regular

We were one of the inaugural signatories to the Race At Work Charter in 2018 and also joined the Corporate Call to Action and Coalition for Equity and Opportunity.

events and provides learning opportunities across the business.

minority colleagues.

What we have done:

Developing understanding

race and to build inclusion.

Ethnicity

Recruitment

Data

Capability

Adviser

opportunities. Colleague support

Public commitments.

We have set 2025 targets to improve diversity across abrdn

Our diversity targets have been in place since 2020 and those relating to our Board members are consistent with the FCA reporting requirements introduced in 2022. We go further and report additionally on gender representation across our global business, and senior leadership teams. We note that, as part of organisational redesign, reductions in total headcount correlate with a reduction in gender representation for our senior leadership population. We know there is much more to do and remain committed to our targets and actions.

Statement of the extent of consistency with the FCA Listing Rules requirements for reporting Board diversity

As of 31 December 2023, 40% of the abrdn plc Board identified as women, with 1 Director identifying as from a minority ethnic background. This information is self-reported by Board members. No senior positionson the abrdn plc Board, as defined by FCA LR 9.8.6 R(9), were held by women on the reference date. This represents a change from 2022 due to a change of Chief Financial Officer during the period. Other senior roles retain continuity between periods. abrdn is committed to diversity, equity, and inclusion and Board appointments are always with due regard to the benefits of diversity. The Board continues to support its Diversity Statement. Further detail on pages 92-93 of the ARA 2023.

2023 data subject to Independent Limited Assurance in accordance with ISAE(UK)3000 and ISAE3410 by KPMG. Assurance statement and detailed reporting criteria included in the Sustainability and TCFD report at www.abrdn.com/annualreport

2023 2022

abrdn plc Board

Target: 40% women, 40%

	Women	Men
	45%	55%
2022	5 (of 11)	6 (of 11)
	40% 	60%
2023	4 (of 10)	6 (of 10)

Senior leadership⁸

Target: 40% women, 40% men, 20% any gender by 2025 (CEO-1 and 2)

	Women	Men
2022	39%	61%
	(of 132)	(of 132)
2023	34% 	66%
	(of 96)	(of 96)

Global workforce9

Target: 50% gender balance (+/-3% tolerance) by 2025

	Women	Men
2022	43%	57%
	(of 5,147)	(of 5,147)
2023	43% 	57%
	(of 4,742)	(of 4,742)

abrdn plc Board

Ambition: 2 Directors identifying as minority ethnic by 2025

			Minority Majority
		2022	9% 1 (of 11)	91% 1 (of 11)
		2023	10%  1 (of 10)	90% 1 (of 10)
Number of Board members	Percentage of the Board	Number of senior positions on the Board3	Number in executive management4	Percentage of executive management
6	60%	4	12	86%
4	40%	-	2	14%

9	90%	4	10	71%
1	10%	-	1	7%
-	-	-	3	21%
	Number of Subsidiary Directors in 2023	Percentage of Subsidiary Directors in 2023	Number of Subsidiary Directors in 2022	Percentage of Subsidiary Directors in 2022
	16 (of 30)	53%	13 (of 25)	52%
	14 (of 30)	47%	12 (of 25)	48%

Gender for Board members is self-reported.
Gender for executive management is obtained from self-reported employee records.
Senior positions on the abrdn plc Board are Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Senior Independent Director, and Chair.
Executive management team includes Executive Leadership Team and excludes administration roles.
Ethnicity data for Board and executive management is self-reported (using local census data categories and collected where legally possible).
Includes one individual based in a country where we do not collect diversity data.
Relates to Directors of the Company's direct subsidiaries as listed in Note 44(a) of the Group financial statements in the ARA 2023 and not otherwise classified above.
Senior leadership includes Company Secretary but excludes administration roles, and individuals on garden leave.
63 colleagues without gender data on our people system are excluded from the headcount data (2022: 60).

Identifying, attracting and retaining talent

We segment the approach we take to talent, which helps us focus on specific DEI and development priorities for each career stage

Identifying, attracting and retaining the best talent for our business is fundamental to our strategy. Through a period of transformation, we have continued to prioritise the importance of inclusive recruitment with our Hiring for Success interviewer training programme. This equips our hiring communities to identify and mitigate potential biases. Colleagues can also volunteer to be part of our Diverse Interviewer Pool, which we expanded during 2023. Our role profiles are monitored for non-inclusive language using technology, and we use personalised automated onboarding to keep successful candidates engaged in advance of their start dates.

Early careers

Our focus is to build and maintain diverse early careers talent globally. We work with partners to reach talent who may not be attracted to opportunities in our industry. In 2023 we became a corporate sponsor of GAIN and provided internships to members. Wealso committed to offering internships via the Able Intern Programme, which seeks to address the underrepresentation of disabled talent in the UK. In 2023 our graduate intake was 44% identifying as female (2022: 61%) and 19% identifying as from a minority ethnic background (2022: 26%).Also, 78% of our UK trainees attended a state school (2022: 72%).

Mid-career

We aim to identify a strong talent pipeline and demonstrate the value of growing our internal talent, with around 31% of our roles being filled internally. We have development programmes targeted toward mid-career colleagues, also with courses run specifically for women. We also continued to run our Returners Programme, for the third-consecutive year.

Senior career

All our search partners for senior talent are obliged to present diverse candidates as part of the recruitment process. We also look to ensure our Executive Leadership Team succession pipeline has the breadth and diversity of experience needed to deliver our strategy. This has shaped our 'Future Leaders' programme, which is entering into its second cohort and is designed to include learning tailored to strategic objectives.

Developing talent with our learning strategy

There is no one-size-fits-all approach to learning. We aim to give all our colleagues the tools and resources they need to take control of their development, and to support the delivery of our strategy. Our aim is to:

Develop skills and capabilities to support our strategy.
Support colleagues to build successful careers.
Create engagement in our organisation.

Technology is at the heart of our learning strategy, allowing us to create an inclusive approach to development while also managing costs and the environmental impact of travel. Virtual classroom sessions and digital resources are established mechanisms for delivering courses and content.

Our Leadership Academy

Launched in 2023, our Leadership Academy takes a segmented approach to ensure we develop leadership skills at every career stage. We have developed programmes on the following themes:

Leading self

Devoting time and energy to self-development. Topics include: collaboration, creativity, and problem solving.

Leading others

Building the ability to get the best from others. Topics include: coaching, developing others, and strategic thinking.

Leading the business

Inspiring others to build for the future. Topics include: storytelling, personal impact, strategy, and empowering inclusivity.

The development of our academy was informed directly by colleague feedback, as we aim to amplify opportunities available at all career stages. We collate continuous feedback and track KPIs for our all programmes. We provide additional detail in our Sustainability and TCFD report, available at www.abrdn.com/annualreport

In addition to our Academies, we continue to provide graduate, school leaver and internship programmes, each of which have dedicated development support, including apprenticeships and professional qualifications. We also have a process for employees to apply for funding for external courses and qualifications. We work across the business to identify organisational needs on an ongoing basis and colleague feedback is central to our approach. Achieving the right blend of human and digital learning opportunities continues to be a key focus as we support colleagues to get the most from AI and technologies that are being introduced through business transformation.

People – Talent

advance of their start dates.

Early careers

Mid-career

Senior career

the third-consecutive year.

tailored to strategic objectives.

Identifying, attracting

We segment the approach we take to talent, which helps us focus on specific DEI and development priorities for each career stage

Developing talent with our learning strategy There is no one-size-fits-all approach to learning. We aim to give all our colleagues the tools and resources they need to take control of their development, and to support

Technology is at the heart of our learning strategy, allowing us to create an inclusive approach to development while also managing costs and the

Launched in 2023, our Leadership Academy takes a segmented approach to ensure we develop leadership skills at every career stage. We have developed programmes on

Devoting time and energy to self-development. Topics include: collaboration, creativity, and problem solving.

Inspiring others to build for the future. Topics include: storytelling, personal impact, strategy, and empowering

Building the ability to get the best from others. Topics include: coaching, developing others, and strategic thinking.

– Develop skills and capabilities to support our strategy. – Support colleagues to build successful careers. – Create engagement in our organisation.

environmental impact of travel. Virtual classroom sessions and digital resources are established mechanisms for

the delivery of our strategy. Our aim is to:

delivering courses and content.

Our Leadership Academy

the following themes:

Leading self

Leading others

inclusivity.

Leading the business

www.abrdn.com/annualreport

and retaining talent

We aim to identify a strong talent pipeline and

demonstrate the value of growing our internal talent, with around 31% of our roles being filled internally. We have development programmes targeted toward mid-career colleagues, also with courses run specifically for women. We also continued to run our Returners Programme, for

Equity and inclusivity Our role in enabling a fairer, more inclusive, society through examples of

our actions supporting our people, clients, and communities

Our UK gender pay and bonus gaps

We have reduced our UK gender pay gaps in 2023 for the sixth consecutive year and believe we have the appropriate actions in place to address this long term. Our mean bonus gap increased by 9.1 percentage points during 2023. Average bonuses for both men and women decreased but some types of bonus payments, such as those associated with sales roles, were less impacted. These roles currently have a higher proportion of men, therefore driving an increase in the mean bonus gap.

UK gender pay and bonus gaps	2023	2022
Mean pay gap	24.8%	28.7%
Median pay gap	18.8%	24.2%
Mean bonus gap	55.3%	46.2%
Median bonus gap	34.6%	47.4%

We are committed to continued reductions in our gender pay gap, with a key contributing factor being that more men occupy senior roles than women. We have four actions in place to address this imbalance:

1	Representation targets	We set targets for representation of women at all levels across the organisation.
2	Gender action plan	We have a gender action plan in place to focus actions on attraction, retention and progression of women at early, mid and senior career stages.
3	Industry collaboration	We set a collective industry target to reduce the industry gender pay gap by 50% by 2030, in partnership with the Diversity Project.
4	Executive accountability	We were one of the first signatories to the HM Treasury Women in Finance Charter, linking delivery of our targets to pay through our Executive Director scorecard.

We benchmark our progress every year through the Bloomberg Global Gender Equality Index and have been recognised on the index for the last five years.

Feeling valued and included everyday

Ethnicity, gender, and social mobility are our primary areas of focus, but in 2023 we set out LGBTQ+ priorities for the organisation and put more support in place for disability and neurodiversity. We are working to create a culture where everyone feels they belong and wereproud to secure 'Excellent' rating for LGBTQ+ equality by the Human Rights Campaign in 2022 (100%) and 2023 (95%). We also became a Disability Confident employer in 2023, under the UK Government Scheme.

Support for customers in vulnerable circumstances

We support advisers to achieve the best outcomes for their clients, which includes additional support for customers in vulnerable circumstances. Anyone could find themselves in vulnerable circumstances in their lives. The FCA identifies four key drivers of vulnerability including: health, life events, resilience, and capability.

Through our Client Engagement Hub, we can provide the support and tools for clients with vulnerabilities and aim to make processes as effortless as they would be for anyone. We have a team of specialists who are trained to provide additional help when a vulnerability is identified, and we tailor our services in instances where the client may contact us again. We do this using the data and advanced technology behind our platform.

Our accessibility services also support additional needs. We can translate certain documents into braille, or large print, and can accept calls from registered Sign Language interpreters, or through RelayUK, which enables users to type to talk. During 2023 we have also been working to identify third parties we can engage with to help further support advisers and their clients with vulnerabilities. With our proactive focus on training, technology and collaboration, our goal is to lead the way, as vulnerability could affect anyone at any time.

Supporting financial education with MyBnk

In 2022 we launched a three-year partnership with MyBnk, whose mission is to empower young people to take charge of their future by bringing money to life. We expanded this partnership in 2023, with our total commitment now over £1,300,000 via the abrdn Charitable Foundation. Our support will enable MyBnk to deliver financial education programmes and money management workshops. Learn more about community impactin our Sustainability and TCFD report at www.abrdn.com/annualreport

"We are excited to be supporting MyBnk, by working together we can make a difference to the financial confidence of young people across the UK."

Kirsty Brownlie Sustainability Manager, Social impact

Delivering our purpose in collaboration with our stakeholders

We are driven to enable our clients to be better investors, and work with all our stakeholders to achieve our purpose

Section 172 (1) statement

The Board recognises the requirements of reporting against matters set out in section 172 (1) (a) to (f) of the Companies Act. The illustration on this page and information on pages 55 to 56 identifies key stakeholders and summarises actions and engagement activities undertaken during 2023, in support of the success of the company and for the benefit of members as a whole. Further information is also provided on pages 86 to 89 in the Corporate governance statement of the ARA 2023.

Engaging with our stakeholders

We recognise our responsibility to engage with our stakeholders and this plays an important role in the long-term decisions we make

Examples of stakeholder engagement during 2023

People – Equity and inclusivity

Stakeholder engagement and section 172 statement

Delivering our purpose in

all our stakeholders to achieve our purpose

Section 172 (1) statement

governance statement of the ARA 2023.

collaboration with our stakeholders

We are driven to enable our clients to be better investors, and work with

Clients	How do we engage? – Our purpose is to enable our clients to be better investors. We have client first teams across the business, and we monitor specific success metrics to holistically capture the experience of different client groups. What did we learn? – Our Investments business has a diverse client base. We monitor a range of measures to track client experience, with independent client survey feedback highlighting strong client service and account management. – Listening to feedback is critical, with indicators, such as consistently 'Excellent' ratings from ii customers on Trustpilot, illustrating this in practice. – Similarly for Adviser, we are targeting world-class customer satisfaction scores, with a satisfaction score of 90% in our Adviser business.	Related outcomes: – Examples of our investments in action on pages 16 to 17. – Learn more about our Adviser client experience on page 31. – We are strengthening the ii platform for our customers. Learn more on page 35.
Shareholders	How do we engage?	Related outcomes:
	– Our Annual General Meetings (AGM) offer shareholders the opportunity to interact directly with our Chair and Board. – In November 2022 we delivered a 'Spotlight on Adviser' presentation to investors, which received positive feedback. Following this, in July 2023 we held an analyst day to spotlight the ii business and strategy. – During 2023, we also carried out a comprehensive programme of meetings with domestic and international investors. What did we learn? – Feedback from our analyst day in July 2023 was positive, with acknowledgement of the market opportunities for ii and benefits of the subscription model for abrdn. – Feedback from our programme of meetings reflects a broad range of investor interests. Learn more on page 86 of the ARA 2023.	– On 24 January 2024 we confirmed our intention to provide the market with a trading update, including AUMA and net flows, for the first and third quarters of the year. This reflects our understanding of investor appetite for an increase in the frequency of our communication. – The business aims to encourage all-employee share ownership. Learn more on page 127 of the ARA 2023.
	How do we engage?
Suppliers	All suppliers providing services within the scope of our third-party risk – management framework are engaged through due diligence assessment and ongoing monitoring. – Strategic supplier relationships have dedicated relationship managers to support greater oversight and engagement. Environmental, social, and governance topics are included within our oversight – reviews. What did we learn? Through due diligence and ongoing monitoring, we are able to assess suppliers –	Related outcomes: – In 2023 the business onboarded a new supplier risk assessment and monitoring platform to better understand our supply bases exposure and approach to sustainability related risks (environment, labour and human rights, business ethics, and supply chain).
	against our third party expectations as outlined in our Global Third Party Code of Conduct. Many of our suppliers align with our expectations and, in many cases, – demonstrate an established understanding of ESG related risks. However, where suppliers do not align, we have discovered that we must establish stronger controls to support them and monitor their performance.
Regulators	How do we engage?	Related outcomes:
	– abrdn retains membership of various industry groups and forums, which supports the development of a collective sector view. – We proactively respond to consultations on major sustainability reporting standards, which impact us both as investors and disclosers. What did we learn? – We are supportive of the regulatory focus on non-financial reporting as we work towards common sustainability disclosure standards. – We are also strong believers in client first outcomes and support the implementation of requirements such as Consumer Duty.	– During 2023 we responded to the Transition Plan Taskforce consultation on its Disclosure Framework. – Our Adviser business have published a series of insights to support implementation of Consumer Duty requirements.

Examples of stakeholder engagement during 2023continued

Communities	How do we engage?	Related outcomes:
	– We conduct research and publish insights relating to topics such as financial inclusion, savings and retirement, and the low carbon transition. – The abrdn Charitable Foundation directs our community impact strategy, with a focus on tomorrow's generation. – Our colleagues volunteer and fundraise for a variety of charitable causes. We provide 3 paid volunteering days to abrdn colleagues to enable this. What did we learn?	– £2.1m contributed to charitable causes in 2023 (2022: £2.4m). – 3,248 hours spent volunteering by colleagues during 2023 (2022: 2,842). – Insights from research can inform product offering, with ii launching its pension essentials product in 2023.
	– Insights from our research such as, ii's Great British Retirement survey shows that 56% of those aged 41 to 55 believe they may never retire. – Our colleagues have primarily chosen to volunteer for environmental and social welfare causes, accounting for 50% of the total time disclosed.
Colleagues	How do we engage?	Related outcomes:
	– Our annual colleague engagement survey (page 49). – Pulse surveys throughout the year checking in with colleagues. – Our Let's Hear It sessions and townhalls provide candid Q&A opportunities with our Executive Leadership Team.	– Focus on increased visibility and communication from senior leaders, with Let's Hear It and As It Is sessions.
	What did we learn? – Where we have focused, we have driven improvements through 2023, with increased scores around leadership, systems, and processes. – With support from culture champions around the business our commitments are now integrated into each stage of colleague experience. – Colleagues' sense of transparency and understanding of strategy have been positively impacted by six new communication channels (page 49). – Our Board Employee Engagement programme includes a number of opportunities throughout the year for employees to engage with our designated NED for employee engagement.	– Talking Talent internal communications campaign to highlight learning and development opportunities. – Our first global abrdn Awards to recognise teams and individuals across the business.

Board Employee Engagement (BEE) programme

Hannah Grove continued as our designated Non-Executive Director for employee engagement.

BEE purpose

Ensure that employee perspectives and sentiments are heard and understood by the Board to help inform decision-making.
Develop an environment where colleagues understand the role of the plc Board and have direct access to our Non-Executive Directors (NEDs).

Programme pillars

1. Listening sessions
1. Meet the NEDs events
1. Employee network engagement
1. Reporting and measurement

BEE programme - 2023 in summary

"Without doubt the biggest highlight for me is interacting with abrdn's people. The company has an extraordinary depth of talent and it's been a privilege to get to know our colleagues better."

Hannah Grove

Total employee attendance	Listening sessions	Meet the NEDs events	Employee network engagements	NEDs involved in the programme	Site visits	Average event rating
797	11	6	9	100%	14 including in UK, US and APAC	8.6/10

Find out more about our BEE engagement on page 87of the ARA 2023.

Non-financial and sustainability information

Summary of climate disclosure

We continue to support disclosure against the recommendations of the TCFD framework. This is critical for us as we assess climate-related risks and opportunities as investors. The information on this page summarises where we have made required disclosures under FCA LR 9.8.6R (8) and Companies Act 414CA and 414CB in this report. We also provide additional information in our separate Sustainability and TCFD report (pages 11-48), which we believe adds value for our stakeholders and reflects common market practice.

Climate and environment

Our continued focus is on managing our climate-related risks and opportunities, which is presently the most material environmental matter for our business. This is reflected through our related governance, management, and targets. In 2023, we also took steps to understand potential nature-related impacts and dependencies in our public market portfolios, with naturebased risks and opportunities increasingly an area of focus. We also recognise other environmental matters, such as operational resource consumption and responsible waste management. Our team are looking at improving available data on metrics such as water and waste, but this is not presently assessed as material, relative to other non-financial matters.

Relevant policies

– Our Sustainability and TCFD report provides additional information on our areas of focus

Policy outcomes

Climate targets applicable to operations and investments
Active engagement approach, and solutions development

Related risks

Find out more about our BEE engagement on page 87of the ARA 2023.

Meet the NEDs events

797 11 6 9 100% 14

Stakeholder engagement and section 172 statement continued

Examples of stakeholder engagement during 2023continued

a focus on tomorrow's generation.

our Executive Leadership Team.

What did we learn?

Board Employee Engagement (BEE) programme Hannah Grove continued as our designated Non-Executive Director for employee engagement.

– Ensure that employee perspectives and sentiments are heard and understood by the Board to help inform

understand the role of the plc Board and have direct access to our Non-Executive Directors (NEDs).

– Develop an environment where colleagues

BEE purpose

decision-making.

Programme pillars 1. Listening sessions 2. Meet the NEDs events

Total employee

Employee network engagement 4. Reporting and measurement

attendance Listening sessions

BEE programme - 2023 in summary

– We conduct research and publish insights relating to topics such as financial

– The abrdn Charitable Foundation directs our community impact strategy, with

Related outcomes: – £2.1m contributed to charitable causes in 2023

(2022: £2.4m). – 3,248 hours spent

Related outcomes:

opportunities. – Our first global abrdn Awards to recognise teams and individuals across the

business.

"Without doubt the biggest highlight for me

The company has an extraordinary depth of talent and it's been a privilege to get to

programme Site visits Average event rating

including in UK, US and APAC

8.6/10

is interacting with abrdn's people.

know our colleagues better."

NEDs involved in the

Hannah Grove

Employee network engagements

volunteering by colleagues during 2023 (2022: 2,842). – Insights from research can inform product offering, with ii launching its pension essentials product in 2023.

– Focus on increased visibility and communication from senior leaders, with Let's Hear It and As It Is sessions. – Talking Talent internal communications campaign to highlight learning and development

– Our colleagues volunteer and fundraise for a variety of charitable causes. We provide 3 paid volunteering days to abrdn colleagues to enable this.

– Insights from our research such as, ii's Great British Retirement survey shows

– Our colleagues have primarily chosen to volunteer for environmental and social

– Our Let's Hear It sessions and townhalls provide candid Q&A opportunities with

– Where we have focused, we have driven improvements through 2023, with

– With support from culture champions around the business our commitments

– Colleagues' sense of transparency and understanding of strategy have been positively impacted by six new communication channels (page 49). – Our Board Employee Engagement programme includes a number of opportunities throughout the year for employees to engage with our

inclusion, savings and retirement, and the low carbon transition.

that 56% of those aged 41 to 55 believe they may never retire.

welfare causes, accounting for 50% of the total time disclosed.

increased scores around leadership, systems, and processes.

are now integrated into each stage of colleague experience.

designated NED for employee engagement.

– Our annual colleague engagement survey (page 49). – Pulse surveys throughout the year checking in with colleagues.

Communities How do we engage?

Colleagues How do we engage?

– Refer to page 41.

Risk management

Sustainability and ESG professionals across the business
Tools developed to support and inform processes

Selected non-financial KPIs

GHG emissions metrics
Climate-related voting and engagement activity

Statement of the extent of consistency with FCA LR 9.8.6R (8) for TCFD aligned disclosure

We believe our disclosure within this report, and the additional information in our Sustainability and TCFD report, to be consistent with the 11 recommendations of the TCFD framework, except for complete disclosure of Scope 3 financed emissions. Data availability continues to be a challenge and has bearing on the completeness of information we can report. We acknowledge that our reporting may evolve in future periods. Our view is that sufficient climate-related data is available to better enable our investment processes and to manage our objectives as a responsible business. This also allows us to track our progress against targets, outlined on pages 45 and 46.

Recommended TCFD-aligned disclosure1

Governance

Describe the Board's oversight of climate related risks and opportunities.	Page40.
Describe management's role in assessing and managing climate related risks and opportunities.	Page40.
Strategy
Describe the climate-related risks and opportunities the organisation has identified over the short, medium, and long term.	Page 41.
Describe the impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on the organisation's businesses, strategy, and financial planning.	Pages41-44.
Describe the resilience of the organisation's strategy, taking into consideration different climate related scenarios, including a 2°C or lower scenario.	Pages41-42.
Risk management
Describe the organisation's processes for identifying and assessing climate-related risks.	Pages43-44.
Describe the organisation's processes for managing climate-related risks.	Pages43-44.
Describe how processes for identifying, assessing, and managing climate-related risks are integrated into the organisation's overall risk management.	Page 43.
Metrics and targets
Disclose the metrics used by the organisation to assess climate-related risks and opportunities in line with its strategy and risk management process.	Pages45-47.
Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2, and, if appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, and the related risks.	Pages45-47.
Describe the targets used by the organisation to manage climate-related risks and opportunities and performance against targets.	Pages45-47.

This table exists to support users to navigate to climate-related disclosures in this report, which we believe addresses both requirements of FCA LR 9.8.6R (8) and Companies Act 414CA and 414CB. abrdn is required to report against the original 11 TCFD recommendations under the former, with the language in the latter mirroring those recommendations but rationalising the original 11 to 8 disclosure requirements. We refer to the language of the internationally recognised original 11 recommendations here to avoid duplicative signposting and believe our disclosure between pages 39 and 47 to be consistent against both reporting standards.

Summary of other matters

The information on this page addresses the requirements of Companies Act 414CA and 414CB with summary information on other important non-financial matters. Our sustainability aspiration is to create long-term sustainable value and we focus on those areas where we have significant impact or influence. This includes the areas outlined below, with additional information also available in our Sustainability and TCFD report available at www.abrdn.com/annualreport

Employees	Social matters
Our people are essential to our success and our objective is to create a transparent, inclusive, culture, where the best talent from all backgrounds can succeed. In 2023 we have been focused on embedding Our Commitments, increasing transparency across the organisation, and enabling colleagues to develop. We have targets to improve representation across the business and continue to see reductions in our UK gender pay gap. Our aspiration is that abrdn is a place where people love to work but changes to our business have meant reductions in headcount and resource pressures. We disclose detail relating to colleague engagement on page 49.	We are committed to helping our customers build long-term financial resilience and take control of their financial futures. Our focus begins with our products and services and extends to our communities through our focus on tomorrow's generation. In 2023, ii published the fifth Great British Retirement survey, which highlights common financial challenges and reinforces the role our sector can play through education, financial planning, and advice. ii also works with a peer-to-peer learning initiative to support women to expand or start their investment journey. We also expanded our partnership with MyBnk to support financial education in the UK.
Relevant policies
– Diversity, equity and inclusion policy – Global code of conduct	– Client and customer policy – Charitable giving strategy
Policy outcomes
– Colleague engagement survey – Inclusive recruitment and development programmes	– More inclusive products and services – Charitable partnerships via the abrdn Charitable Foundation
Related risks
– Noted amongst principal risks and uncertainties	– Lack of financial inclusion for our key stakeholders
Risk management
– Listening and responding to colleague feedback	– More inclusive products and services – Published research and insights – Third sector partnerships
Selected non-financial KPIs
– Employee engagement scores	– Client and customer satisfaction
– Increased representation across abrdn by 2025	– Impact reporting from our charitable partnerships
Further information
Pages 48-53.	Pages 50 and 53.

Human rights	Anti-corruption and anti-bribery
It is critical to embed respect for human rights throughout our business. We take an active approach and work across our operations and through our investments. Our annual Modern Slavery Statement provides the opportunity to chart our progress as we focus on the assessment of risk in our supply chain, with our Stewardship report outlining actions we taken to influence the companies and assets in our value chain. Our position is zero tolerance for modern slavery and child labourin supply chains. We have invested time and resources to better understand related risks, amidst a complex global networkof third party suppliers and relationships.	abrdn and its people conduct business fairly, honestly, transparently, and with integrity, and do not take part in acts of corruption or pay or receive bribes, whether directly or indirectly to gain business advantage. Employees are prohibited from engaging in acts of corruption and from paying or accepting bribes or kickbacks. We have a programme and procedures in place to implement and support our Anti Bribery and Corruption Policy. In particular, employees must refuse any bribe or inducement in a manner which is not open to misunderstanding or which may give rise to false expectations, report any offers of bribes or inducements and report any suspicious behaviour.
Relevant policies
– Global code of conduct – Third-party code of conduct – Modern slavery statement – Privacy and data protection	– Anti-Financial Crime policy – Anti Bribery and Corruption standards – Global code of conduct
Policy outcomes
– Human rights is a focus of our active equities engagement strategy for our Investments business – Evolving capability relating to our supply chain management	– Gifts and entertainments processes working effectively – Anti Bribery and Corruption controls embedded within operating procedures
Related risks
– Safe and secure work – Data protection and security	– Noted amongst principal risks and uncertainties
Risk management
– Influencing our value chain and developing further understanding of the related risks in our supply chain – Data protection procedures	– Colleague Anti-Financial crime and Anti Bribery and Corruption training – Controls to prevent and detect instances of bribery and corruption
Selected non-financial KPIs
– Voting and engagement – Third party risk assessments – Data incidents and breaches Further information	– Completion rates of staff training – Gifts and entertainment incidents and breaches
Page 55.	Page 79.

Our business model enables our clients to be better investors Illustration on pages 12-13.

Non-financial and sustainability information statement

Our people are essential to our success and our objective is to create a transparent, inclusive, culture, where the best talent from all backgrounds can succeed. In 2023 we have been focused on embedding Our Commitments, increasing transparency across the organisation, and enabling colleagues to develop. We have targets to improve representation across the business and continue to see reductions in our UK gender pay gap. Our aspiration is that abrdn is a place where people love to work but changes to our business have meant reductions in headcount and resource pressures. We disclose detail relating to

– Noted amongst principal risks and uncertainties – Lack of financial inclusion for our key stakeholders

– Listening and responding to colleague feedback – More inclusive products and services

Pages 48-53. Pages 50 and 53.

education in the UK.

– Client and customer policy – Charitable giving strategy

– More inclusive products and services

– Published research and insights – Third sector partnerships

– Client and customer satisfaction

– Impact reporting from our charitable partnerships

We are committed to helping our customers build long-term financial resilience and take control of their financial futures. Our focus begins with our products and services and extends to our communities through our focus on tomorrow's generation. In 2023, ii published the fifth Great British Retirement survey, which highlights common financial challenges and reinforces the role our sector can play through education, financial planning, and advice. ii also works with a peer-to-peer learning initiative to support women to expand or start their investment journey. We also expanded our partnership with MyBnk to support financial

– Charitable partnerships via the abrdn Charitable Foundation

below, with additional information also available in our Sustainability and TCFD report available at

Employees Social matters

Summary of other matters

www.abrdn.com/annualreport

colleague engagement on page 49.

– Diversity, equity and inclusion policy

– Inclusive recruitment and development programmes

– Increased representation across abrdn by 2025

– Colleague engagement survey

Selected non-financial KPIs – Employee engagement scores

Relevant policies

Policy outcomes

Risk management

Further information

Related risks

– Global code of conduct

Our key performance indicators

Net operating revenue £1,398m

'23	£1,398m
'22	£1,456m
'21	£1,515m

This measure is a component of adjusted operating profit and includes revenue we generate from asset management charges, platform charges and other transactional/advice charges and treasury income.

Adjusted operating profit £249m

'21	£323m
'22	£263m
'23	£249m

Adjusted operating profit is our key alternative performance measure and is how our results are measured and reported internally.

IFRS (loss)/profit before tax¹ (£6m)

'21		£1,115m
'22	(£612m)
'23	(£6m)

IFRS profit/loss before tax is the measure of profitability set out in our financial statements. As well as adjusted profit, it includes items such as restructuring costs, profit on disposal of interests in associates and goodwill impairment.

Adjusted capital generation £299m

This measure aims to show how adjusted profit contributes to regulatory capital.

KPI APM

Cost/income ratio

This ratio measures our efficiency. We are focused on improving our cost/income ratio by increasing revenue and continued cost discipline.

'23 82%

KPI APM KPI APM

This measure shows on a per share basis our profitability and capital efficiency, calculated using adjusted profit after tax.

Full year dividend per share 14.6p KPI KPI

'21	14.6p
'22	14.6p
'23	14.6p

The total annual dividend (interim and final) is an important part of the returns that we deliver to shareholders and is assessed each year in line with our stated policy to hold at 14.6p until it is covered at least 1.5 times by adjusted capital generation.

Investment performance

(Percentage of AUM above benchmark over three years)

Key performance indicators

Net operating revenue

Adjusted operating profit

£249m

(£6m)

impairment.

£299m

This measure is a component of adjusted operating profit and includes revenue we generate from asset management charges, platform charges and other transactional/advice charges and treasury income.

Adjusted operating profit is our key alternative performance measure and is how our results are

measured and reported internally.

IFRS (loss)/profit before tax¹

Adjusted capital generation

£1,398m

2022 results have been restated for the HASL implementation of IFRS 17. 2021 results have not been restated. Refer Basis of preparation in the Group

Our key performance indicators

Cost/income ratio

and continued cost discipline.

Full year dividend per share

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

This ratio measures our efficiency. We are focused on improving our cost/income ratio by increasing revenue

This measure shows on a per share basis our profitability and capital efficiency, calculated using adjusted profit

The total annual dividend (interim and final) is an important part of the returns that we deliver to

1.5 times by adjusted capital generation.

shareholders and is assessed each year in line with our stated policy to hold at 14.6p until it is covered at least

82%

13.9p

after tax.

14.6p

financial statements section of the ARA 2023.

contributes to regulatory capital.

This measure aims to show how adjusted profit

'21		78%
'22	65%
'23	42%

This measures our performance in generating investment return against benchmark. Calculations for investment performance are made gross of fees except where the stated comparator is net of fees.

Other indicators AUMA

£494.9bn

'21	£542.1bn
'22	£500.0bn
'23	£494.9bn

Net flows — Total

(£17.6bn)

'23		(£17.6bn)
'22	(£37.9bn)
'21		(£6.2bn)

IFRS diluted earnings per share1

0.1p
'21		46.0p
'22	(26.6p)
'23	0.1p

Employee engagement survey KPI KPI

54%

This measure is important in gauging the engagement and motivation of our people in their roles. It also enables our managers at all levels to take local action in response to what their teams are telling them.

We assess our performance using a variety of performance measures including APMs such as cost/income ratio, adjusted operating profit, adjusted profit before tax and adjusted capital generation.

APMs should be read together with the Group's IFRS financial statements. Further details of all our APMs are included in Supplementary information in the ARA 2023.

2022 results have been restated for the HASL implementation of IFRS 17. 2021 results have not been restated. Refer Basis of preparation in the Group financial statements section of the ARA 2023.

Taking action to rebuild profitability and growth

Our diversified business and strong balance sheet are clear strengths but we need to deliver a step change in our cost base in order to lay the foundation for future growth.

I am proud to join a company with a strong conviction to enable clients at all financial stages to be better investors.

Jason Windsor Chief Financial Officer

Overview

2023 was a challenging macro environment for the investment industry. This is evident in lower adjusted operating profit, largely reflecting lower revenues in Investments, which is closely related to the market context.

Despite this, the advantage of our three business model is clear in these results. We have built resilience into the Group and the benefits of diversification are already evident with Adviser and ii on a stronger trajectory of growth, with more efficient operating margins and clear opportunities for the future. We exceeded expectations on our net £75m cost reduction target, with savings of £102m achieved.

ln addition to this £102m reduction, we are now targeting further annualised cost savings of at least £150m across the Group by the end of 2025, with the majority of actions to be taken this year.

We have undertaken a comprehensive review of our operating model. The programme is targeting the removal of management layers, increasing spans of control, and reducing overheads particularly from Group functions and support services. Approximately 80% of the cost reduction benefits will be seen in the Investments business. The total implementation costs are estimated to be around £150m.

This transformation programme will drive improved profitability and allow for reinvestment into growth areas, which is fundamental to improving performance. Initial work to deliver these efficiencies is already well underway and we will provide further updates over the course of the programme.

In 2023, we delivered on our commitment to return a significant proportion of capital generated from our Indian stake sales to shareholders: £300m by way of share buybacks and the remainder via dividends. We also generated capital following the sales of our discretionary fund management and US private equity businesses which supported the strategic moves to acquire closed-end funds from Macquarie, Tekla, and First Trust to further strengthen our capabilities in this area.

Our balance sheet remains strong, and this enables us to fund the implementation costs of our transformation programme from our balance sheet. We will continue to be disciplined in our allocation of capital to invest in the business in order to drive growth and to support continued returns to shareholders.

I believe the actions that we have taken to build resilience into our business and move towards improved profitability, despite industry headwinds, combined with the significant additional cost savings we are now targeting, will put us in a stronger position to deliver on our commitment to enable our clients to be better investors.

Profit

Chief Financial Officer's overview

Taking action

to rebuild

Our diversified business and

deliver a step change in our cost base in order to lay the foundation for future growth.

I am proud to join a company

with a strong conviction to enable clients at all financial stages to be better investors.

Jason Windsor

Chief Financial Officer

strengths but we need to

strong balance sheet are clear

Overview

context.

£102m achieved.

ln addition to this £102m reduction, we are now targeting further annualised cost savings of at least £150m across the Group by the end of 2025, with the

majority of actions to be taken this year.

profitability

and growth

Adjusted operating profit for 2023 was down 5% to £249m (2022: £263m). This includes a reduction of £80m in Investments principally due to a significant decline in revenue in this business. This was partly offset by an increase in adjusted operating profit in both our Adviser and ii businesses, to £118m (2022: £86m) and £114m (2022: £72m) respectively. ii includes the benefit of a full 12 months contribution compared to 7 months in 2022.

The IFRS loss before tax was £6m (2022: loss £612m1) including adjusting items of £336m (2022: £865m1), with a decrease in the impairment of intangible assets and restructuring costs compared to 2022. The goodwill impairments in 2023 of £62m (2022: £340m) include the impact of lower projected revenues as a result of adverse markets and macroeconomic conditions, and for Finimize the impact of lower short-term projected growth following a strategic shift that prioritises profitability over revenue growth.

The cost/income ratio was stable at 82% (2022: 82%) reflecting the benefit from the efficient Adviser and ii cost models, offset by lower revenue in Investments.

Net operating revenue

Net operating revenue of £1,398m (2022: £1,456m) was down 4%, including the impact of the challenging market conditions in Investments. This was partially offset by increases in revenue in both Adviser and ii, reflecting higher treasury income for both businesses, and the benefit of a full 12 months of ii.

In Investments, net operating revenue was 17% lower than in 2022 largely due to net outflows and lower market performance impacting average AUM, and changes to the asset mix. While redemptions were lower, gross flows were also lower reflecting the client response to the uncertain market environment, particularly in equities and multi-asset. Net outflows and market performance in multi-asset and equities resulted in a reduction in average AUM of 16% and 14% respectively. Our Phoenix partnership continues to produce results with £6.0bn (2022: £2.9bn) of gross inflows from their bulk purchase annuity business, reflecting our insurance asset management capabilities and proprietary techniques.

In our Adviser business, net operating revenue was 21% higher than 2022 at £224m (2022: £185m) comprising £167m Platform charges (2022: £174m), £31m treasury income (2022: £11m) and £26m other (2022: £nil). The higher revenue included the c£15m benefit of a revised distribution agreement with Phoenix and c£11m from threesixty/MPS following the transfer from the Personal Wealth business.

In our ii business (excluding Personal Wealth), net operating revenue increased to £230m (2022: £114m), largely reflecting the benefit of a full 12 months of revenue. Revenue continues to benefit from diverse streams. Treasury income on client cash balances contributed £134m, benefiting from the continued rise in interest rates. Trading revenue of £48m was impacted by muted levels of customer activity given the uncertain market conditions. Revenue from subscriptions was £54m.

In Personal Wealth, net operating revenue of £57m (2022: £87m) reduced by £30m due to a c£19m impact from the transfer of the MPS business to Adviser and the sale of abrdn capital to LGT, c£6m from the transfer of threesixty to Adviser, and the impact of adverse market movements.

^1. Comparatives have been restated for the HASL implementation of IFRS 17. Refer Basis of preparation in the Group financial statements section of the ARA 2023.

Adjusted operating expenses

Adjusted operating expenses decreased by 4% to £1,149m (2022: £1,193m), reflecting management actions to reduce costs, mostly offset by the inclusion of £103m (2022: £47m) of ii1 expenses for the full 12 month period. Excluding ii1, expenses were 9% lower at £1,046m (2022: £1,146m).

In the Investments business, we exceeded the targeted £75m reduction that we outlined previously. The £102m cost reduction in Investments was driven by lower staff costs reflecting 8% lower front/middle office FTEs and reduced market data and outsourcing costs, partly offset by the impact of staff cost inflation.

In Adviser, the cost/income ratio improved to 47%, benefiting from higher treasury income and the revised distribution agreement with Phoenix.

For ii overall, expenses increased reflecting the full 12 months of ii (excluding Personal Wealth). The cost/income ratio improved from 64% to 60%, despite the impact on profitability in Personal Wealth due to the revenue impacts on this business outlined above.

As I have touched on already, further significant cost savings across the business are targeted to improve efficiency and profitability.

Capital

Our capital position provides us with resilience during periods of economic uncertainty and volatility.

In 2023, we have been disciplined in our allocation of capital with a combination of investment in the business to drive growth and continued returns to shareholders.

We generated a total of £713m capital from the sales of our listed Indian stakes (£576m), and the disposals of our discretionary fund management and US private equity businesses (£137m). We have now completed the sale of our remaining stakes in HDFC Life and HDFC Asset Management, which further simplifies our group structure.

We have continued to invest in the business through strategic bolt-on acquisitions, building out our global top three position in closed-end funds. In 2023, we completed the acquisition of four closed-end funds from Macquarie and acquired the healthcare fund management capabilities of Tekla for a total of £152m. We also used the proceeds from our non-core disposals to support restructuring costs of £121m, including the reshaping of the Investments business.

We returned £300m by way of share buybacks in line with our commitment to return a significant proportion of the proceeds of our stake sales. As we outlined in our FY 2022 results, we returned £0.6bn of capital in total to shareholders in 2023 by way of dividends and share buybacks.

Going forward, we will continue to have a disciplined approach to generation and allocation of our capital:

– We are committed to taking significant cost actions to restore our core Investments business to a more acceptable level of profitability. To achieve the desired simplification and cost savings, total implementation costs are estimated to be around

Relates to ii (excluding Personal Wealth).

£150m. We will deploy CET1 surplus capital to fund this restructuring over 2024 and 2025.

We will continue to scan the market for bolt-on acquisitions within key thematic markets, such as the most recent acquisition of the healthcare fund management capabilities of Tekla.
As part of our approach to allocating capital, we hold a buffer over regulatory capital to provide a level of management flexibility and capital strength and resilience during periods of volatility.
It remains the Board's current intention to pay a total annual dividend of 14.6p (with the interim and final both at 7.3p per share), until it is covered at least 1.5 times by adjusted capital generation. Over the short term, the dividend will largely be supported by adjusted capital generation and our surplus capital.

Outlook

As demonstrated in our 2023 results, we have reshaped the business. The resulting diversification in sources of revenue and inherent cost efficiency within Adviser and ii partly offset the revenue impact from net outflows and adverse market movements within Investments. Looking forward, we expect inflation to moderate slowly, and we have assumed a stable interest rate environment. This will continue to benefit ii and Adviser where we expect the average cash margin for 2024 to be broadly in line with 2023. The outlook for global markets remains uncertain. Where market conditions, structural and cyclical, remain challenging for active asset managers we continue to expect headwinds arising from changing client demand and preferences. Within Insurance in particular, we expect the asset rotation from active equity and fixed income strategies to passive quantitative strategies experienced in 2023 to continue into 2024. This together with related pricing changes, may result in a further contraction of revenue margin.

Notwithstanding this backdrop we are taking action to restore profitability and to transform the way we operate, through simplification and leveraging technology across the Group, particularly in Investments. As we have said, the work to achieve at least £150m of cost savings is now underway. While 80% of the cost savings is expected to benefit Investments, we anticipate cost growth in ii and Adviser to be approximately 3-5% per annum over 2024-2026 reflecting continued growth and reinvestment in these businesses. Implementation of the transformation programme is expected to take place primarily in 2024, with c£60m benefit from lower adjusted operating expenses expected in 2024, and will be completed by the end of 2025. We expect total restructuring costs of less than £150m in 2024, to support the group cost transformation programme, and further investment in the Adviser platform.

The strength of our balance sheet allows us to fund these restructuring expenses, and to maintain the dividend. Our balance sheet is further strengthened by our Phoenix stake and the staff pension scheme which has a significant surplus. Our focus remains to be disciplined in our allocation of capital to drive growth, and to maintain the dividend payment until capital generation improves.

Results summary

Chief Financial Officer's overview continued

acquisitions within key thematic markets, such as the most recent acquisition of the healthcare fund

– As part of our approach to allocating capital, we hold a buffer over regulatory capital to provide a level of management flexibility and capital strength and

– It remains the Board's current intention to pay a total annual dividend of 14.6p (with the interim and final both at 7.3p per share), until it is covered at least 1.5 times by adjusted capital generation. Over the short term, the dividend will largely be supported by adjusted capital generation and our surplus capital.

quantitative strategies experienced in 2023 to continue into 2024. This together with related pricing changes, may result in a further contraction of revenue margin. Notwithstanding this backdrop we are taking action to restore profitability and to transform the way we operate, through simplification and leveraging technology across the Group, particularly in

Investments. As we have said, the work to achieve at least £150m of cost savings is now underway. While 80% of the cost savings is expected to benefit Investments, we anticipate cost growth in ii and Adviser to be approximately 3-5% per annum over 2024-2026 reflecting continued growth and reinvestment in these businesses. Implementation of the transformation programme is expected to take place primarily in 2024, with c£60m benefit from lower adjusted operating expenses expected in 2024, and will be completed by the end of 2025. We expect total restructuring costs of less than £150m in 2024, to support the group cost transformation programme, and further investment in

the Adviser platform.

generation improves.

this restructuring over 2024 and 2025. – We will continue to scan the market for bolt-on

management capabilities of Tekla.

resilience during periods of volatility.

Outlook

period. Excluding ii1, expenses were 9% lower at

offset by the impact of staff cost inflation.

distribution agreement with Phoenix.

efficiency and profitability.

Capital

structure.

buybacks.

In Adviser, the cost/income ratio improved to 47%, benefiting from higher treasury income and the revised

For ii overall, expenses increased reflecting the full 12 months of ii (excluding Personal Wealth). The

cost/income ratio improved from 64% to 60%, despite the impact on profitability in Personal Wealth due to the revenue impacts on this business outlined above. As I have touched on already, further significant cost savings across the business are targeted to improve

Our capital position provides us with resilience during periods of economic uncertainty and volatility. In 2023, we have been disciplined in our allocation of capital with a combination of investment in the business to drive growth and continued returns to shareholders. We generated a total of £713m capital from the sales of our listed Indian stakes (£576m), and the disposals of our discretionary fund management and US private equity businesses (£137m). We have now completed the sale of our remaining stakes in HDFC Life and HDFC Asset Management, which further simplifies our group

We have continued to invest in the business through strategic bolt-on acquisitions, building out our global top

Going forward, we will continue to have a disciplined approach to generation and allocation of our capital: – We are committed to taking significant cost actions to restore our core Investments business to a more acceptable level of profitability. To achieve the desired simplification and cost savings, total implementation costs are estimated to be around

three position in closed-end funds. In 2023, we completed the acquisition of four closed-end funds from Macquarie and acquired the healthcare fund management capabilities of Tekla for a total of £152m. We also used the proceeds from our non-core disposals to support restructuring costs of £121m, including the

reshaping of the Investments business.

Adjusted operating expenses

£1,046m (2022: £1,146m).

Relates to ii (excluding Personal Wealth).

	2023	20221
Analysis of profit		£m
Net operating revenue		1,456
Adjusted operating expenses		(1,193)
Adjusted operating profit		263
Adjusted net financing costs and investment return		(10)
Adjusted profit before tax		253
Adjusting items including results of associates and joint ventures		(865)
IFRS loss before tax		(612)
Tax credit		66
IFRS profit/(loss)for the year		(546)

The IFRS loss before tax was £6m (2022: loss £612m) including an adjusted operating profit of £249m (2022: £263m). Adjusting items were £336m (2022: £865m) including:

Losses of £178m (2022: losses £187m) from the change in fair value of significant listed investments (HDFC Asset Management, HDFC Life and Phoenix) as a result of the fall in the share price of these companies in 2023.
Restructuring and corporate transaction expenses were £152m (2022: £214m), mainly consisting of property related impairments, severance, platform transformation and specific costs to effect savings in Investments.

Adjusted operating profit was £14m lower than 2022 largely due to the revenue impact of continued net outflows and adverse market movements, which particularly impacted high yielding equities. The 2023 results included a contribution from ii2 for the full 12 months (2022: seven months) which benefited net operating revenue by £230m (2022: £114m) and adjusted operating profit by £127m (2022: £67m). Removing ii2, adjusted operating profit was 38% lower than 2022 at £122m (2022: £196m).

Net operating revenue

Net operating revenue decreased by 4% reflecting:

Impact from net outflows3 of c4%, and adverse Investments margin movements.
Although the market declines seen in 2022 began to reverse in 2023, the lower average AUMA compared with 2022 impacted revenue by c4%.
Benefit of £116m from the full 12 months of ii2 in 2023.
Performance fees reduced by £16m mainly within real assets, where 2022 saw a number of funds coming to the end of their natural lifecycle, triggering performance fees at maturity.

The diversification that now drives our sources of revenue has helped to mitigate the impact of market volatility, including the benefit from ii's subscription model and the higher total treasury income of £165m (2022: £69m). Net operating revenue reduced by 13% excluding ii2.

Adjusted operating expenses

	2023 £m	2022 £m
Staff costs excluding variable
compensation	511	527
Variable compensation	75	85
Staff and other related costs4	586	612
Non-staff costs	563	581
Adjusted operating expenses	1,149	1,193

Adjusted operating expenses decreased by 4% reflecting management actions to reduce costs, mostly offset by the inclusion of £103m (2022: £47m) of ii2 expenses for the full 12 month period. Excluding ii2, expenses were 9% lower at £1,046m (2022: £1,146m) reflecting:

7% lower staff costs (excluding variable compensation), with the benefit of lower FTEs (13%), partly offset by wage inflation.
Lower variable compensation reflecting business performance.
9% lower non-staff costs, with cost savings partly offset by the impact of inflation.

The Group cost/income ratio was stable at 82% (2022: 82%) reflecting the benefit from the efficient Adviser and ii cost models, offset by lower revenue in Investments.

1. Comparatives have been restated for the HASL implementation of IFRS 17. Refer Basis of preparation in the Group financial statements section of the ARA 2023.
1. Relates to ii (excluding Personal Wealth).
1. Reflects the estimated impact on net operating revenue as a result of net outflows in both the current and prior period, as a percentage of prior period revenue.
1. See Supplementary information in the ARA 2023 for a reconciliation to IFRS staff and other employee related costs.

Investments Adjusted operating profit £50m Net operating revenue £878m Net operating revenue yield 23.5bps Net flows (Excl. liquidity) (£15.3bn)

	Total		Institutional and Retail Wealth1		Insurance Partners1
	2023	2022	2023	2022	2023	2022
Net operating revenue2,3	£878m	£1,060m
Adjusted operating expenses2	(£828m)	(£930m)
Adjusted operating profit2	£50m	£130m
Cost/income ratio2	94%	88%
Net operating revenue yield	23.5bps	25.4bps	32.6bps	36.1bps	10.0bps	10.5bps
AUM	£366.7bn	£376.1bn	£211.2bn	£231.2bn	£155.5bn	£144.9bn
Gross flows	£50.3bn	£59.3bn	£28.1bn	£36.5bn	£22.2bn	£22.8bn
Redemptions	(£69.3bn)	(£100.3bn)	(£46.0bn)	(£48.1bn)	(£23.3bn)	(£52.2bn)
Net flows	(£19.0bn)	(£41.0bn)	(£17.9bn)	(£11.6bn)	(£1.1bn)	(£29.4bn)
Net flows excluding liquidity4	(£15.3bn)	(£37.8bn)	(£14.2bn)	(£8.4bn)	(£1.1bn)	(£29.4bn)
Net flows excluding liquidity and LBG4,5	(£15.3bn)	(£13.4bn)	(£14.2bn)	(£8.4bn)	(£1.1bn)	(£5.0bn)

Adjusted operating profit

Profit reduced by £80m (62%) to £50m, reflecting 17% lower revenue, partly offset by 11% lower costs.
Results in our Investments business reflect the challenging economic environment and market turbulence that has impacted across the industry.

Net operating revenue

17% lower than 2022 largely due to net outflows and lower market performance impacting average AUM, and changes to the asset mix.
Performance fees of £14m (2022: £30m) were earned mainly from Asian equities and Insurance Partners.

Institutional and Retail Wealth

Net operating revenue

17% lower at £724m (2022: £868m2) due to a 7% reduction in average AUM to £220.0bn (2022: £236.2bn). Multi-asset and equities average AUM down 16% and 14% respectively.
Reduction in average AUM primarily relates to net outflows and market performance.

Gross flows

– Excluding liquidity, £6.8bn (26%) lower at £19.5bn (2022: £26.3bn) mainly in equities, multi-asset and alternative investment solutions. This reflected the client response to the uncertain market environment which impacted the wider industry, as many clients delayed investment decisions.

Adjusted operating expenses

Whilst there is a reduction in profitability in the year, we exceeded the £75m net cost reduction target.
Adjusted operating expenses reduced by£102m (11%) to £828m (2022: £930m2) driven by lower staff costs reflecting 8% lower front/middle office FTEs and reduced market data and outsourcing costs, which was partly offset by the impact of staff cost inflation.
Adjusted operating expenses also benefited from reduced brand marketing activity and lower project change costs compared to 2022.

Revenue yield

3.5bps lower at 32.6bps largely due to the decrease in the higher margin equities average AUM impacting the asset mix. Equities are 22% (2022: 24%) of average AUM at a yield of 60.7bps (2022: 62.5bps).
The reduction in the multi-asset yield reflects the growingproportion of lower yielding MyFolio in this asset class.

Net flows

Net outflows were £5.8bn higher than 2022 at £14.2bn (excluding liquidity) due to lower gross flows.
Excluding liquidity, net outflows represent 7% of opening AUM compared with 4% in 2022.
Redemptions (excluding liquidity) were £1bn lower than 2022 at £33.7bn due to lower real asset outflows.
1. Wholesale has been renamed Retail Wealth, Insurance has been renamed Insurance Partners.
1. Finimize and our digital innovation group have moved from Investments to Other. Comparatives have been restated.
1. Includes performance fees of £14m (2022: £30m).
1. Institutional/Retail Wealth liquidity net flows excluded.
1. Flows excluding LBG do not include the final tranche withdrawals in 2022 of £24.4bn relating to the settlement of arbitration with LBG.

Insurance Partners

Chief Financial Officer's overview continued

Net operating revenue £878m

Net operating revenue yield 23.5bps 25.4bps 32.6bps 36.1bps 10.0bps 10.5bps AUM £366.7bn £376.1bn £211.2bn £231.2bn £155.5bn £144.9bn Gross flows £50.3bn £59.3bn £28.1bn £36.5bn £22.2bn £22.8bn Redemptions (£69.3bn) (£100.3bn) (£46.0bn) (£48.1bn) (£23.3bn) (£52.2bn) Net flows (£19.0bn) (£41.0bn) (£17.9bn) (£11.6bn) (£1.1bn) (£29.4bn) Net flows excluding liquidity4 (£15.3bn) (£37.8bn) (£14.2bn) (£8.4bn) (£1.1bn) (£29.4bn) Net flows excluding liquidity and LBG4,5 (£15.3bn) (£13.4bn) (£14.2bn) (£8.4bn) (£1.1bn) (£5.0bn)

Net operating revenue2,3 £878m £1,060m Adjusted operating expenses2 (£828m) (£930m) Adjusted operating profit2 £50m £130m Cost/income ratio2 94% 88%

– Profit reduced by £80m (62%) to £50m, reflecting 17% lower revenue, partly offset by 11% lower costs. – Results in our Investments business reflect the challenging economic environment and market turbulence that has impacted across the industry.

– 17% lower than 2022 largely due to net outflows and lower market performance impacting average AUM,

– Performance fees of £14m (2022: £30m) were earned mainly from Asian equities and Insurance

– 17% lower at £724m (2022: £868m2) due to a 7% reduction in average AUM to £220.0bn (2022: £236.2bn). Multi-asset and equities average AUM down 16% and

– Reduction in average AUM primarily relates to net

outflows and market performance.

Net operating revenue yield 23.5bps

Adjusted operating expenses

change costs compared to 2022.

Revenue yield

asset class.

Net flows

Total Institutional and Retail Wealth¹ Insurance Partners1 2023 2022 2023 2022 2023 2022

– Whilst there is a reduction in profitability in the year, we exceeded the £75m net cost reduction target. – Adjusted operating expenses reduced by£102m (11%) to £828m (2022: £930m2) driven by lower staff costs reflecting 8% lower front/middle office FTEs and reduced market data and outsourcing costs, which was partly offset by the impact of staff cost inflation. – Adjusted operating expenses also benefited from reduced brand marketing activity and lower project

– 3.5bps lower at 32.6bps largely due to the decrease in the higher margin equities average AUM impacting the asset mix. Equities are 22% (2022: 24%) of average

– Net outflows were £5.8bn higher than 2022 at £14.2bn (excluding liquidity) due to lower gross flows. – Excluding liquidity, net outflows represent 7% of opening AUM compared with 4% in 2022. – Redemptions (excluding liquidity) were £1bn lower than 2022 at £33.7bn due to lower real asset outflows.

AUM at a yield of 60.7bps (2022: 62.5bps). – The reduction in the multi-asset yield reflects the growingproportion of lower yielding MyFolio in this

Net flows (Excl. liquidity) (£15.3bn)

Investments

Adjusted operating profit £50m

Adjusted operating profit

Net operating revenue

14% respectively.

Partners.

Gross flows

and changes to the asset mix.

Institutional and Retail Wealth

Wholesale has been renamed Retail Wealth, Insurance has been renamed Insurance Partners.
Includes performance fees of £14m (2022: £30m). 4. Institutional/Retail Wealth liquidity net flows excluded.

delayed investment decisions.

Finimize and our digital innovation group have moved from Investments to Other. Comparatives have been restated.
Flows excluding LBG do not include the final tranche withdrawals in 2022 of £24.4bn relating to the settlement of arbitration with LBG.

Net operating revenue

– 20% lower in 2023 at £154m (2022: £192m), reflecting the impact of 13% reduction in average AUM to £147.7bn primarily due to net outflows, market declines in 2022 and the impact of the final LBG tranche withdrawal of £24.4bn in 2022.

Gross flows

£0.6bn lower than 2022 at £22.2bn (2022: £22.8bn).
Our Phoenix partnership continues to produce results with £6.0bn (2022: £2.9bn) of gross inflows from their bulk purchase annuity business, reflecting our insurance asset management capabilities and proprietary techniques.

AUM

– Insurance AUM increased by £10.6bn to £155.5bn with net outflows offset by positive market movements.

Investment performance

Revenue yield

of yields.

Net flows

% of AUM ahead of benchmark1	1 year		3 years		5 years
	2023	2022	2023	2022	2023	2022
Equities	27	30	17	63	48	65
Fixed income	81	65	75	72	84	79
Multi-asset	12	13	15	50	22	22
Real assets	30	57	56	63	45	52
Alternatives	100	88	100	100	100	100
Quantitative	100	17	100	27	37	29
Liquidity	100	84	95	97	97	97
Total	44	41	42	65	52	58

Investment performance over the three-year time period has weakened, with 42% of AUM covered by this metric ahead of benchmark (2022: 65%). The drop in the three-year performance reflects a challenging period for active managers, particularly those with a quality equity investment style with a bias towards Asia and Emerging Markets.

Performance for fixed income, quantitative, alternative investment strategies, and liquidity remains consistently strong and illustrates the resilience of our performance delivery in these asset classes. Key outperforming strategies include Emerging Market Debt, Euro Investment Grade, Euro High Yield, Money Markets, Ultra Short Munis and our full range of Quantitative Enhanced Index strategies.

Equities has been impacted by our AUM bias towards Asia and Emerging Markets and the quality growth style which have both struggled when compared to the exceptionally narrow performance of the Magnificent 7 stocks in the US. The faltering recovery in China has been a headwind for our larger Asia, Emerging Markets

and China strategies due to our domestic overweight. However, there are strong areas of outperformance in Emerging Market Income, Emerging Market Small Cap, UK Value and European Small Cap strategies.

– Net operating revenue yield decreased to 10.0bps (2022: 10.5bps). We expect the asset rotation from active equity and fixed income strategies to passive quantitative strategies experienced in 2023 to continue into 2024, this together with related pricing changes, is expected to result in a further contraction

– Net outflows improved by £3.9bn in 2023 at £1.1bn (2022: £5.0bn outflow excluding LBG tranche withdrawals), representing (0.8%) of opening AUM

compared with (2.4%) in 2022.

2023 was also a challenging backdrop for our multiasset strategies. However, our Multi-Manager range, while behind long term cash based composite benchmarks used in the calculation above, is performing well versus peers with 67% ahead of peer group2.

Real estate valuations experienced some of the sharpest corrections in history in late 2022/early 2023 which impacted returns over all periods. However, after the sharp de-rating in our favoured sectors of logistics and industrials we have seen some performance recovery coming through YTD to Q3 2023, with funds benefiting from being underweight to UK offices and continued robust performance from German Residential. Our Listed Real Estate funds are outperforming over 1, 3 and 5 years.

Morningstar category peer group average over 3 years to 31 December 2023.

^1. Calculations for investment performance use a closing AUM weighting basis and are made gross of fees except where the stated comparator is net of fees. Benchmarks differ by fund and are defined in the investment management agreement or prospectus, as appropriate. These benchmarks are primarily based on indices or peer groups. The investment performance calculation covers all funds that aim to outperform a benchmark, with certain assets excluded where this measure of performance is not appropriate or expected. Further details about the calculation of investment performance are included in the Supplementary information section of the ARA 2023.

	20231	2022
Net operating revenue	£224m	£185m
Adjusted operating expenses	(£106m)	(£99m)
Adjusted operating profit	£118m	£86m
Cost/income ratio	47%	54%
Net operating revenue yield	30.6bps	26.1bps
AUMA2	£73.5bn	£68.5bn
Gross flows	£5.8bn	£6.6bn
Redemptions	(£7.9bn)	(£5.0bn)
Net flows	(£2.1bn)	£1.6bn

Adjusted operating profit

Strong earnings performance with profit up 37% to £118m, against a backdrop of challenging market conditions.
Cost/income ratio improved to 47%, benefiting from higherrevenue as detailed below, and outsource costs savings.

Net operating revenue

21% higher than 2022 at £224m, comprising £167m Platform charges (2022: £174m), £31m treasury income (2022: £11m) and £26m other (2022: £nil).
Rise in interest rates resulted in an increase in treasury income on client balances to £31m and increase in cash interest paid to clients.
H2 2023 includes c£15m benefit of a revised distribution agreement with Phoenix, relating to the SIPP product that we will be taking legal ownership of in 2024.
2023 revenue also included c£11m from threesixty/MPS following the transfer from the Personal Wealth business.
The average margin earned on client cash balances during 2023 was c228bps and the indicative Adviser average cash margin for 2024 is expected to be broadly in line with 2023.

Revenue yield

– Increased to 30.6bps due to the higher revenue explained above, with average AUMA in line with 2022 at £70.8bn.

AUMA

7% increase in 2023 due to inclusion of AUM of c£2.6bn relating to our Managed Portfolio Service (MPS) business and favourable market movements.
Our MPS business, which was part of the discretionary fund management business, has been retained and moved to the Adviser business from the Personal Wealth business in May 2023 in order to maximise opportunities available through the Adviser distribution model. Our platforms have a footprint with 50% of UK adviser firms, resulting in a significant opportunity for the MPS business.

Gross flows

– Inflow activity (including MPS) reduced by 12% in 2023, reflecting muted client activity across the industry due to ongoing market uncertainty and the cost of living impact on customers' ability to save. This has a heightened impact on our Adviser business where gross flows are primarily driven by existing customers.

Net flows

– Net outflows of £2.1bn reflect the market conditions, customer behaviours in response to the increased cost of living and the short-term impact in 2023 resulting from the technology upgrade.

The threesixty and MPS businesses moved from Personal Wealth to Adviser from January 2023 and May 2023 respectively. Comparatives have not been restated.
Includes Platform AUA of £70.9bn (2022: £68.5bn).

Adjusted operating profit £114m

Chief Financial Officer's overview continued

Net operating revenue £224m

Net operating revenue £224m £185m Adjusted operating expenses (£106m) (£99m) Adjusted operating profit £118m £86m Cost/income ratio 47% 54% Net operating revenue yield 30.6bps 26.1bps AUMA2 £73.5bn £68.5bn Gross flows £5.8bn £6.6bn Redemptions (£7.9bn) (£5.0bn) Net flows (£2.1bn) £1.6bn

AUMA

the MPS business.

Gross flows

customers.

Net flows

– 7% increase in 2023 due to inclusion of AUM of c£2.6bn relating to our Managed Portfolio Service (MPS) business and favourable market movements. – Our MPS business, which was part of the discretionary fund management business, has been retained and moved to the Adviser business from the Personal Wealth business in May 2023 in order to maximise opportunities available through the Adviser distribution model. Our platforms have a footprint with 50% of UK adviser firms, resulting in a significant opportunity for

– Net outflows of £2.1bn reflect the market conditions, customer behaviours in response to the increased cost of living and the short-term impact in 2023 resulting from the technology upgrade.

Net operating revenue yield 30.6bps

Net flows (£2.1bn)

20231 2022

Adviser

Adjusted operating profit £118m

Adjusted operating profit

conditions.

costs savings.

in 2024.

Net operating revenue

cash interest paid to clients.

Personal Wealth business.

broadly in line with 2023.

– Strong earnings performance with profit up 37% to £118m, against a backdrop of challenging market

– Cost/income ratio improved to 47%, benefiting from higherrevenue as detailed below, and outsource

– 21% higher than 2022 at £224m, comprising £167m Platform charges (2022: £174m), £31m treasury income (2022: £11m) and £26m other (2022: £nil). – Rise in interest rates resulted in an increase in treasury income on client balances to £31m and increase in

distribution agreement with Phoenix, relating to the SIPP product that we will be taking legal ownership of

threesixty/MPS following the transfer from the

– Increased to 30.6bps due to the higher revenue explained above, with average AUMA in line with

– The average margin earned on client cash balances during 2023 was c228bps and the indicative Adviser average cash margin for 2024 is expected to be

– H2 2023 includes c£15m benefit of a revised

– 2023 revenue also included c£11m from

The threesixty and MPS businesses moved from Personal Wealth to Adviser from January 2023 and May 2023 respectively. Comparatives have not

been restated.

Revenue yield

2022 at £70.8bn.

Includes Platform AUA of £70.9bn (2022: £68.5bn).

Net operating revenue £287m

Net operating revenue yield 58.8bps

Net flows £2.9bn

		Total1		ii (excluding Personal Wealth)		Personal Wealth1
	2023	2022	12 months to 31 Dec 2023	7 months to 31 Dec 20222	2023	2022
Net operating revenue	£287m	£201m	£230m	£114m	£57m	£87m
Adjusted operating expenses	(£173m)	(£129m)	(£103m)	(£47m)	(£70m)	(£82m)
Adjusted operating profit/(loss)	£114m	£72m	£127m	£67m	(£13m)	£5m
Cost/income ratio	60%	64%	45%	41%	123%	94%
Net operating revenue yield3					58.8bps	59.2bps
AUMA	£66.0bn	£67.1bn	£61.7bn	£54.0bn	£4.3bn	£13.1bn
Gross flows	£10.2bn	£5.6bn	£9.5bn	£4.1bn	£0.7bn	£1.5bn
Redemptions	(£7.3bn)	(£3.7bn)	(£6.2bn)	(£2.5bn)	(£1.1bn)	(£1.2bn)
Net flows	£2.9bn	£1.9bn	£3.3bn	£1.6bn	(£0.4bn)	£0.3bn

Adjusted operating profit

Higher profit reflects the inclusion of £127m for the full 12 month result for ii4, compared to only seven months in 2022.
ii4 has continued to perform well against an uncertain market environment.
Personal Wealth restructured during 2023, with transfers of business to Adviser and the sale of abrdn Capital to LGT. The loss of £13m in 2023 was mainly due to the lower revenue detailed below and the impact of inflation on expenses.

Net operating revenue

Revenue4 of £230m continues to benefit from diverse revenue streams. Treasury income contributed £134m (2022: £58m), benefiting from the continued rise in interest rates. Trading revenue of £48m (2022: £27m) was impacted by muted levels of customer activity in uncertain market conditions. Revenue from subscriptions was £54m (2022: £32m).
Average cash margin was 236bps in 2023 and the indicative ii average cash margin for 2024 is expected to be broadly in line with 2023.
Personal Wealth revenue reduced by £30m due to a c£19m impact from the transfer of the MPS business to Adviser and the sale of abrdn capital to LGT, c£6m from the transfer of threesixty to Adviser, and the impact of adverse market movements.

Revenue yield

– Personal Wealth revenue yield was broadly flat at 58.8bps with average AUMA of £9.7bn, 28% lower than 2022.

AUMA

ii4 AUA increased to £61.7bn (2022: £54.0bn) including £0.5bn from internal customer transfers in December 2023, with the industry leading AUA per customer up 13% to £152k.
Personal Wealth AUMA decreased to £4.3bn (2022: £13.1bn) mainly due to the sale of abrdn Capital, (AUM of c£6bn) to LGT, which completed on 1 September 2023 and MPS AUM of c£2.5bn moving to the Adviser business in H1 2023.

Gross and net flows

ii4 net inflows remained strongly positive in 2023 at £3.3bn despite a subdued retail market across the year.
Personal Wealth net outflows of £0.4bn include the impact of client uncertainty following the announcement of the sale of our discretionary fund management business.

4 operational metrics ii	2023 12 Months	2022 12 Months
Total customers at year end	407k	402k
Total customers excluding EQi and Share Centre migrated customers
and pension trading accounts	310k	299k
Customers holding a SIPP account	62.4k	51.5k
Customer cash balances	£5.5bn	£6.0bn
AUA per customer	£152k	£134k
New customers	30.2k	29.2k
Daily average retail trading
volumes	15.7k	17.3k

1. The threesixty and MPS businesses moved from Personal Wealth to Adviser from January 2023 and May 2023 respectively. Comparatives have not been restated.
1. Results for interactive investor (excluding Personal Wealth) included following the completion of the acquisition on 27 May 2022.
1. Net operating revenue yield is shown for Personal Wealth only. Revenue for ii ⁴ is not aligned with AUA and therefore revenue yield is not presented.
1. Relates to ii (excluding Personal Wealth).

Overall performance

	Adjusted operating profit			AUMA		Net flows
Segmental summary	2023 £m	2022 £m	2023 £bn	2022 £bn	2023 £bn	2022 £bn
Investments1,2	50	130	366.7	376.1	(15.3)	(13.4)
Adviser	118	86	73.5	68.5	(2.1)	1.6
3 ii	114	72	66.0	67.1	2.9	1.9
Other1	(33)	(25)	-	-	-	-
Eliminations	-	-	(11.3)	(11.7)	0.6	(0.4)
Total	249	263	494.9	500.0	(13.9)	(10.3)
Liquidity net flows					(3.7)	(3.2)
LBG tranche withdrawals					-	(24.4)
Total net flows (including liquidity and LBG)					(17.6)	(37.9)

Assets under management and administration

Assets under management reduced by 1% to £494.9bn (2022: £500.0bn):

Net outflows excluding liquidity of (£13.9bn), with outflows in Investments and Adviser partly offset by positive flows of £2.9bn in ii.
Market and other movements of £19.4bn mainly reflecting positive movements in Investments, driven by Insurance partners.
Net impact of corporate actions of (£6.9bn) primarily due to the sales of the discretionary fund management and US private markets businesses, partly offset by the acquisition of the specialist healthcare fund management business of Tekla.

Analysis of profit

	2023 £m	20224 £m
Net operating revenue	1,398	1,456
Adjusted operating expenses	(1,149)	(1,193)
Adjusted operating profit	249	263
Adjusted net financing costs and investment return	81	(10)
Adjusted profit before tax	330	253
Adjusting items including results of associates and joint ventures	(336)	(865)
IFRS loss before tax	(6)	(612)
Tax credit	18	66
IFRS profit/(loss)for the year	12	(546)

Adjusted net financing costs and investment return

Adjusted net financing costs and investment return resulted in a gain of £81m (2022: loss £10m):

Investment losses, including from seed capital and co-investment fund holdings reduced to £3m (2022: loss £34m).
Net finance income of £50m (2022: costs £5m) reflecting a higher rate of interest on cash and liquid assets and the benefit from the redemption of the 5.5% Sterling fixed rate subordinated notes in December 2022.
Higher net interest credit relating to the staff pension schemes of £34m (2022: £29m) reflecting an increase in the opening discount rate due to a rise in corporate bond yields.
1. Adjusted operating loss consists of net operating revenue £9m (2022: £10m) and adjusted operating expenses £42m (2022: £35m). Finimize and our digital innovation group have moved from Investments to Other. Comparatives have been restated. Refer Note 2 in the Group financial statements section of the ARA 2023.
1. Investments net flows exclude Institutional/Retail Wealth liquidity and LBG tranche withdrawals.
1. Personal has been renamed ii and includes Personal Wealth unless otherwise stated.
1. Comparatives have been restated for the HASL implementation of IFRS 17. Refer Basis of preparation in the Group financial statements section of the ARA 2023.

Adjusting items

Chief Financial Officer's overview continued

Overall performance

Assets under management and administration

Assets under management reduced by 1% to £494.9bn (2022: £500.0bn):

IFRS loss before tax (£6m)

2023 £m

Investments1,2 50 130 366.7 376.1 (15.3) (13.4) Adviser 118 86 73.5 68.5 (2.1) 1.6

³ 114 72 66.0 67.1 2.9 1.9 Other1 (33) (25) - - - - Eliminations - - (11.3) (11.7) 0.6 (0.4) Total 249 263 494.9 500.0 (13.9) (10.3) Liquidity net flows (3.7) (3.2) LBG tranche withdrawals - (24.4) Total net flows (including liquidity and LBG) (17.6) (37.9)

– Net outflows excluding liquidity of (£13.9bn), with outflows in Investments and Adviser partly offset by positive

– Market and other movements of £19.4bn mainly reflecting positive movements in Investments, driven by Insurance

– Net impact of corporate actions of (£6.9bn) primarily due to the sales of the discretionary fund management and US private markets businesses, partly offset by the acquisition of the specialist healthcare fund management

Net operating revenue 1,398 1,456 Adjusted operating expenses (1,149) (1,193) Adjusted operating profit 249 263 Adjusted net financing costs and investment return 81 (10) Adjusted profit before tax 330 253 Adjusting items including results of associates and joint ventures (336) (865) IFRS loss before tax (6) (612) Tax credit 18 66 IFRS profit/(loss)for the year 12 (546)

Adjusted capital generation £299m

Adjusted operating profit AUMA Net flows

2023 £bn

2022 £bn

2022 £m

Net flows (£17.6bn)

2023 £bn

2023 £m

20224 £m

2022 £bn

Adjusted operating profit £249m

Segmental summary

flows of £2.9bn in ii.

business of Tekla.

Analysis of profit

partners.

section of the ARA 2023.

ARA 2023.

Adjusted operating loss consists of net operating revenue £9m (2022: £10m) and adjusted operating expenses £42m (2022: £35m). Finimize and our digital innovation group have moved from Investments to Other. Comparatives have been restated. Refer Note 2 in the Group financial statements

– Investment losses, including from seed capital and co-investment fund holdings reduced to £3m (2022: loss £34m).

– Net finance income of £50m (2022: costs £5m) reflecting a higher rate of interest on cash and liquid assets and the benefit from the redemption of the 5.5% Sterling fixed rate subordinated notes in December 2022. – Higher net interest credit relating to the staff pension schemes of £34m (2022: £29m) reflecting an increase in

Adjusted net financing costs and investment return resulted in a gain of £81m (2022: loss £10m):

Comparatives have been restated for the HASL implementation of IFRS 17. Refer Basis of preparation in the Group financial statements section of the
Investments net flows exclude Institutional/Retail Wealth liquidity and LBG tranche withdrawals.
Personal has been renamed ii and includes Personal Wealth unless otherwise stated.

the opening discount rate due to a rise in corporate bond yields.

Adjusted net financing costs and investment return

	2023 £m	20221 £m
Restructuring and corporate transaction expenses	(152)	(214)
Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets acquired in business combinations
and through the purchase of customer contracts	(189)	(494)
Profit on disposal of subsidiaries and other operations	79	–
Profit on disposal of interests in associates	-	6
Change in fair value of significant listed investments	(178)	(187)
Dividends from significant listed investments	64	68
Share of profit or loss from associates and joint ventures	1	5
Reversal of impairment/(impairment) of interests in associates and joint ventures	2	(9)
Other	37	(40)
Total adjusting items including results of associates and joint ventures	(336)	(865)

Restructuring and corporate transaction expenses were £152m, comprising restructuring costs of £121m (2022: £169m) in property related impairments, severance, platform transformation, and specific costs to effect savings in Investments, offset in part by a £32m release of provision for separation costs, with further details provided in Note 33 of the Group financial statements in the ARA 2023. Corporate transaction costs of £31m (2022: £45m) primarily related to prior year transactions and the sale of our Europeanheadquartered private equity business.

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets acquired in business combinations and through the purchase of

customer contracts reduced to £189m, mainly due to the lower impairments of £63m (2022: £369m). Impairments of goodwill in 2023 of £62m (2022: £340m), comprising £36m (2022: £nil) for our financial planning business and £26m (2022: £41m) for Finimize. In 2022, there was also a goodwill impairment of £299m in Investments. The impairments in 2023 include the impact of lower projected revenues as a result of adverse markets and macroeconomic conditions, and for Finimize the impact of lower short-term projected growth following a strategic shift that prioritises profitability over revenue growth. Further details are provided in Note 13 of the Group financial statements in the ARA 2023.

Profit on disposal of interests in subsidiaries and other operations relates to the sales of our discretionary fund management business and our US private equity and venture capital business. See Note 1 in the ARA 2023 for further details.

Profit on disposal of interests in associates was £nil. The 2022 profit of £6m related to the sale of our stake in Origo Services Limited.

Change in fair value of significant listed investments of (£178m) from market movements is analysed in the table below:

Change in fair value of significant listed investments	(178)	(187)
HDFC Life	(5)	(38)
HDFC Asset Management	(96)	(105)
Phoenix	(77)	(44)
	2023 £m	2022 £m

The final HDFC Life and HDFC Asset Management stakes were sold on 31 May 2023 and 20 June 2023 respectively.

Dividends from significant listed investments relates to our shareholdings in Phoenix (£54m) and HDFC Asset Management (£10m).

Share of profit or loss from associates and joint ventures reduced to a profit of £1m (2022: £5m). The results for HASL have been impacted by the adoption of IFRS 17 on 1 January 2023. As required by IFRS 17, the standard has been applied retrospectively with a resulting restatement of the carrying value of the joint venture and opening retained earnings as at 1 January 2022. This change resulted in our 2022 share of HASL profit increasing from the £7m previously reported to £10m.

Share of profit or loss from associates and joint ventures	1	5
HASL Virgin Money UTM/Other	3 (2)	10 (5)
	2023 £m	20221 £m

Reversal of impairment/(impairment) of interests in

associates and joint ventures was £2m in 2023 relating to a reversal of impairment on Virgin Money UTM. See Note 14 in the ARA 2023 for further details. The £9m in 2022 related to an impairment of Tenet Group Ltd.

Other adjusting items in 2023 includes the £36m liability insurance recovery of the £41m single process execution event provision reflected at 2022, net of a £5m excess. Other adjusting items in 2023 also includes a £21m provision expense for a potential tax liability. See Note 11 for further details of other adjusting items and Note 33 for further details on provisions in the ARA 2023.

See pages 179 and 194 of the ARA 2023 for further details on adjusted operating profit and reconciliation of adjusted operating profit to IFRS profit. Further details on adjusting items are included in the Supplementary information section of the ARA 2023.

Comparatives have been restated for the HASL implementation of IFRS 17. Refer Basis of preparation in the Group financial statements section of the ARA 2023.

Tax policy

We have important responsibilities in paying and collecting taxes in the countries in which we operate. Our tax strategy is therefore, guided by a commitment to high ethical, legal and professional standards and being open and transparent about what we are doing to meet those standards.

Tax expense

The tax credit attributable to the IFRS loss for the year, excluding amounts relating to prior periods, is £1m which gives rise to an effective tax rate of 17%. The overall IFRS tax credit, including tax credits relating to prior periods of £17m, is £18m (2022: credit £66m) which results in an effective tax rate of 300% (2022: 11%) due to the relative scale of the loss in the year. The difference to the UK Corporation Tax rate of 23.5% is mainly driven by:

Dividend income and fair value movements from our investments in Phoenix not being subject to tax.
Movements in the fair value of our investment in HDFC Asset Management being tax effected at the Indian long-term capital gains tax rate, which is lower than the UK Corporation Tax rate.
Profit on the sale of abrdn Capital not being subject to tax.
Goodwill impairments not deductible for tax purposes.
Prior year adjustments to deferred tax liabilities on intangibles.

The tax expense attributable to adjusted profit is £50m (2022: £22m), an effective tax rate of 15% (2022: 9%). This is lower than the 23.5% UK rate primarily due to changes in the applicable deferred tax rates on temporary differences and pension scheme surplus movements included on a net of tax basis.

Total tax contribution

Total tax contribution is a measure of all the taxes abrdn pays to and collects on behalf of governments in the territories in which we operate. Our total tax contribution was £449m (2022: £443m). Of the total, £201m (2022: £186m) was borne by abrdn whilst £248m (2022: £257m) represents tax collected by abrdn on behalf of the tax authorities. Taxes borne mainly consist of corporation tax, employer's national insurance contributions and irrecoverable VAT. The taxes collected figure is mainly comprised of pay-asyou-earn deductions from employee payroll payments, employees' national insurance contributions, VAT collected and income tax collected on behalf of HMRC on platform pensions business.

'23	£449m
'22	£443m
'21	£447m

You can read our tax report on our website www.abrdn.com/annualreport

Earnings per share

Adjusted diluted earnings per share increased to 13.9p (2022: 10.5p) due to the higher adjusted profit after tax and the benefit from share buybacks in 2022 and 2023.
Diluted earnings per share was a profit of 0.1p (2022: loss 26.6p1) reflecting the factors above, impairments and fair value losses of significant listed investments.

Dividends

The Board has recommended a final dividend for 2023 of 7.3p (2022: 7.3p) per share. This is subject to shareholder approval and will be paid on 30 April 2024 to shareholders on the register at close of business on 15 March 2024. The dividend payment is expected to be £130m.

External dividends are funded from the cumulative dividend income that abrdn plc receives from its subsidiaries and associates (see below for details of cash and distributable reserves). The need to hold appropriate regulatory capital is the primary restriction on the Group's ability to pay dividends. Further information on the principal risks and uncertainties that may affect the business and therefore dividends is provided in the Risk management section.

The adjusted capital generation trend and related dividend coverage is shown below:

'21	£366m	1.18x
'22	£259m	0.88x
'23	£299m	1.12x

Return of capital

On 5 June 2023 we commenced a £150m share buyback which was extended to £300m on 8 August 2023. This completed on 19 December 2023 with a total of 161m shares repurchased at an average price of £1.86 per share.

Capital and liquidity

Adjusted capital generation

Adjusted capital generation which shows how adjusted profit contributes to regulatory capital increased by 15% to £299m.

	2023 £m	2022 £m
Adjusted profit after tax	280	231
Less net interest credit relating to the staff pension schemes	(34)	(29)
Less AT1 debt interest	(11)	(11)
Add dividends received from associates, joint ventures and significant listed investments	64	68
Adjusted capital generation	299	259
Restructuring and corporate transaction expenses (net of tax)	(121)	(178)
Net capital generation	178	81

Comparatives have been restated for the HASL implementation of IFRS 17. Refer Basis of preparation in the Group financial statements section of the ARA 2023.

IFPR surplus CET1 capital

Chief Financial Officer's overview continued

– Dividend income and fair value movements from our investments in Phoenix not being subject to tax. – Movements in the fair value of our investment in HDFC Asset Management being tax effected at the Indian long-term capital gains tax rate, which is lower than

– Profit on the sale of abrdn Capital not being subject

– Prior year adjustments to deferred tax liabilities on

Total tax contribution is a measure of all the taxes abrdn pays to and collects on behalf of governments in the

contribution was £449m (2022: £443m). Of the total, £201m (2022: £186m) was borne by abrdn whilst £248m (2022: £257m) represents tax collected by abrdn on behalf of the tax authorities. Taxes borne mainly consist of corporation tax, employer's national insurance contributions and irrecoverable VAT. The taxes collected figure is mainly comprised of pay-asyou-earn deductions from employee payroll payments, employees' national insurance contributions, VAT collected and income tax collected on behalf of HMRC

You can read our tax report on our website

www.abrdn.com/annualreport

– Goodwill impairments not deductible for tax

movements included on a net of tax basis.

territories in which we operate. Our total tax

Tax policy

Tax expense

mainly driven by:

to tax.

purposes.

intangibles.

Total tax contribution

on platform pensions business.

the UK Corporation Tax rate.

to meet those standards.

Comparatives have been restated for the HASL implementation of IFRS 17. Refer Basis of preparation in the Group financial statements section of the

Earnings per share

and 2023.

investments.

Dividends

£130m.

– Adjusted diluted earnings per share increased to 13.9p (2022: 10.5p) due to the higher adjusted profit after tax and the benefit from share buybacks in 2022

– Diluted earnings per share was a profit of 0.1p (2022: loss 26.6p1) reflecting the factors above, impairments and fair value losses of significant listed

of 7.3p (2022: 7.3p) per share. This is subject to

The Board has recommended a final dividend for 2023

shareholder approval and will be paid on 30 April 2024 to shareholders on the register at close of business on 15 March 2024. The dividend payment is expected to be

on the Group's ability to pay dividends. Further

provided in the Risk management section.

dividend coverage is shown below:

Return of capital

£1.86 per share.

15% to £299m.

Capital and liquidity

Adjusted capital generation

Less net interest credit relating to

Add dividends received from associates, joint ventures and

Restructuring and corporate

information on the principal risks and uncertainties that may affect the business and therefore dividends is

The adjusted capital generation trend and related

On 5 June 2023 we commenced a £150m share buyback which was extended to £300m on 8 August 2023. This completed on 19 December 2023 with a total of 161m shares repurchased at an average price of

Adjusted capital generation which shows how adjusted profit contributes to regulatory capital increased by

Adjusted profit after tax 280 231

the staff pension schemes (34) (29) Less AT1 debt interest (11) (11)

significant listed investments 64 68 Adjusted capital generation 299 259

transaction expenses (net of tax) (121) (178) Net capital generation 178 81

2023 £m

2022 £m

ARA 2023.

The indicative surplus CET1 capital at 31 December 2023 was £876m (2022: £711m). Disposal of our remaining HDFC Life and HDFC Asset Management stakes, in May and June 2023 respectively, benefited regulatory capital by £576m.

Key movements in surplus CET1 capital are shown in the table below.

Analysis of movements in surplus CET1 capital (IFPR basis)	2023 £m	2022 £m
Opening surplus regulatory capital	711	1,799
Sources of capital
Adjusted capital generation	299	259
HDFC Life, HDFC Asset
Management1 and Phoenix sales	576	789
Disposals2	137	-
Uses of capital
Restructuring and corporate
transaction expenses (net of tax)	(121)	(178)
Dividends	(267)	(295)
Share buyback	(302)	(302)
Acquisitions3	(152)	(1,364)
Other	(5)	3
Closing surplus CET1 capital	876	711

Capital benefit of HDFC Asset Management sales reflects the pre-tax proceeds.
Discretionary fund management and US private equity businesses. Capital benefit of discretionary fund management disposal includes derecognition of related intangibles (£58m).
ii (excluding Personal Wealth) in 2022 and Tekla and Macquarie funds in 2023.

The full value of the Group's significant listed

investments is excluded from the capital position under IFPR.

A summary of our CET1 coverage is shown in the table below.

CET1 coverage	2023 £m	2022 £m
CET1 capital resources	1,466	1,301
Total regulatory capital requirements	1,054	1,054
CET1 coverage	139%	123%

Note 42 of the Group financial statements in the ARA 2023 includes a reconciliation between IFRS equity and surplus regulatory capital and details of our capital management policies.

Cash and liquid resources and distributable reserves

Cash and liquid resources remained robust at £1.8bn at 31 December 2023 (2022: £1.7bn). These resources are high quality and mainly invested in cash, money market instruments and short-term debt securities. Cash and liquid resources held in abrdn plc were £0.4bn at 31 December 2023 (2022: £0.3bn).

Further information on cash and liquid resources, and a reconciliation to IFRS cash and cash equivalents, are provided in Supplementary information in the ARA 2023.

At 31 December 2023 abrdn plc had £3.1bn (2022: £3.2bn) of distributable reserves.

IFRS net cash flows

Net cash inflows from operating activities were £221m (2022: £110m) which includes outflows from restructuring and corporate transaction expenses, net of tax, of £78m (2022: £149m).
Net cash inflows from investing activities were £542m (2022: outflows £86m) and primarily reflected £535m net proceeds from the final HDFC Asset Management and HDFC Life stake sales.
Net cash outflows from financing activities were £711m (2022: £761m) with the decrease mainly due to the repayment of subordinated liabilities in 2022.

The cash inflows and outflows described above resulted in closing cash and cash equivalents of £1,210m as at 31 December 2023 (2022: £1,166m).

IFRS net assets

IFRS net assets attributable to equity holders decreased to £4.9bn (2022: £5.6bn4) mainly due to the share buyback and dividends paid in the year:

Intangible assets remained at £1.6bn (2022: £1.6bn) due to additions being offset by amortisation and impairments. Further details are provided in Note 13 in the ARA 2023.
The principal defined benefit staff pension scheme, which is closed to future accrual, continues to have a significant surplus of £0.7bn (2022: £0.8bn). Further details are provided in Note 31 in the ARA 2023. As part of ongoing actions taken in recent years to reduce risk in abrdn's principal defined benefit pension plan, the trustee submitted a petition to the Court of Session in March 2023 seeking a direction on the destination of any residual surplus assets that remain after all plan-related obligations are settled or otherwise provided for. On 1 August 2023, the Court of Session, among other things, confirmed that if a buy-out were to be completed and sufficient provision made for: (i) any remaining liabilities; and (ii) expenses of completing the winding-up of the pension scheme, there would be a resulting trust in respect of any residual surplus assets in favour of the employer. We are continuing to work with the trustee on next steps. Any residual surplus will be determined on a different basis to IAS 19 or funding measures of the plan surplus. The timing of release of any surplus remains a matter for the trustee. The IAS 19 defined benefit plan asset is not included in abrdn's regulatory capital.
Financial investments decreased to £2.0bn (2022: £2.9bn) primarily due to the final stake sales in HDFC Asset Management and HDFC Life, which completed in H1 2023. At 31 December 2023 financial investments included £0.6bn (2022: £1.3bn) in relation to significant listed investments (Phoenix).
Comparatives have been restated for the HASL implementation of IFRS 17. Refer Basis of preparation in the Group financial statements section of the ARA 2023.

Viability statement

Longer-term prospects

The Directors have determined that three years is an appropriate period over which to assess the Group's prospects. In addition to aligning with our business planning horizon, this reflects the timescale over which changes to major regulations and the external landscape affecting our business typically take place.

The Group's prospects are primarily assessed through the strategic and business planning process. These prospects have been enhanced as a result of actions taken during the year, including through actions to simplify the business.

The assessment reflects (i) the Group's focus on its strategic priorities as set out on pages 14 to 15 and how this is expected to drive client-led growth in abrdn's three businesses and (ii) the expected impact of the transformation programme announced in January 2024.

In forming their assessment of the Group's longer-term prospects, the Directors have also taken into account:

The Group's capital position as set out on page 73.
The Group's substantial holdings of cash and liquid resources as well as holdings in listed equity investments, as set out on page 73.
The Group's principal and emerging risks as set out on pages 76 to 79.

Assessment of prospects

The Directors consider the Group's focus on its strategic priorities will deliver growth while allowing the Group to maintain its regulatory capital position and the dividend policy described on page 64.

Viability

The Directors consider that three years is an appropriate period for assessing viability as this is in line with the horizon used for our business planning and stress testing and scenario analysis processes.

In considering the viability statement, the Board has reviewed and assessed the Group's principal risks in order to understand potential vulnerabilities for the business. In addition to this, the Directors assessed the Group's viability taking into account:

Output from the Group's business planning process.
Results from the Group's stress testing and scenario analysis programme.
Results from the Group's reverse stress testing exercise.
Work performed in connection with the UK's FCA and PRA rules on operational resilience.

The business planning process includes the projection of profitability, regulatory capital and liquidity over a threeyear period, based on a number of assumptions. This includes assumptions regarding the economic outlook which reflects various factors, including the changing market conditions following the significant geopolitical and economic developments in recent years.

The Group has no debt maturing over the next three years and based on business planning projections, there is no expectation that the Group will need to draw down on its £400m revolving credit facility described on page 241 of the ARA 2023.

The Group's stress testing and scenario analysis

programme develops financial projections over a threeyear horizon in response to a range of severe but plausible stresses to the business plan to understand the Group's financial resilience. This includes exploring (i) the impacts of market-wide stresses, (ii) stresses that are specific to abrdn, and (iii) stresses that combine both these elements. Whilst all of the Group's principal risks could potentially impact on the Group's financial resilience, our combined stress testing scenarios focused on those risks expected to have the most significant impact:

Financial risk was considered through stresses to market levels, flows, and margins. The scenarios that were explored included stressing flows over all three years and assuming a market shock in 2024 with an impact that might be expected around 1-in-20 years. This included equity markets falling approximately 24% in Q1 2024 with recovery occurring from Q3 2024 through 2026 and the UK Base rate falling to 0.1% by Q1 2025 where it remains.
Operational risks were considered in the context of the Group incurring £90m of operational losses which were assumed to represent the cumulative impact of a number of severe losses across a range of principal risk categories, such as: process execution and trade errors, technology risk, security and resilience risk, or fraud and financial crime risks.

All the scenarios explored resulted in the Group experiencing reduced profitability and, in some cases, losses over the planning horizon. Projections of capital and liquid resources fell as a result of these losses.

Chief Financial Officer's overview continued

Longer-term prospects

simplify the business.

January 2024.

pages 76 to 79.

on page 64.

Viability statement

Viability

The Directors consider that three years is an

Group's viability taking into account:

PRA rules on operational resilience.

analysis programme.

exercise.

241 of the ARA 2023.

significant impact:

appropriate period for assessing viability as this is in line with the horizon used for our business planning and stress testing and scenario analysis processes. In considering the viability statement, the Board has reviewed and assessed the Group's principal risks in order to understand potential vulnerabilities for the business. In addition to this, the Directors assessed the

– Output from the Group's business planning process. – Results from the Group's stress testing and scenario

– Work performed in connection with the UK's FCA and

– Results from the Group's reverse stress testing

and economic developments in recent years.

The Group's stress testing and scenario analysis

– Financial risk was considered through stresses to market levels, flows, and margins. The scenarios that were explored included stressing flows over all three years and assuming a market shock in 2024 with an impact that might be expected around 1-in-20 years. This included equity markets falling approximately 24% in Q1 2024 with recovery occurring from Q3 2024 through 2026 and the UK Base rate falling to

– Operational risks were considered in the context of the Group incurring £90m of operational losses which were assumed to represent the cumulative impact of a number of severe losses across a range of principal risk categories, such as: process execution and trade errors, technology risk, security and resilience risk, or

0.1% by Q1 2025 where it remains.

fraud and financial crime risks.

changes to major regulations and the external landscape affecting our business typically take place. The Group's prospects are primarily assessed through the strategic and business planning process. These prospects have been enhanced as a result of actions taken during the year, including through actions to

In forming their assessment of the Group's longer-term prospects, the Directors have also taken into account: – The Group's capital position as set out on page 73. – The Group's substantial holdings of cash and liquid resources as well as holdings in listed equity

– The Group's principal and emerging risks as set out on

The Directors consider the Group's focus on its strategic priorities will deliver growth while allowing the Group to maintain its regulatory capital position and the dividend policy described

investments, as set out on page 73.

Assessment of prospects

Given the strength and quality of the Group's financial position, the Group had sufficient capital and liquid resources to remain above its regulatory requirements without needing to take any management actions other than those assumed within the business plan.

In the event that the Group was to experience more severe stresses than those explored under the Group's stress testing and scenario analysis programme, the Group has a range of management actions it would be able to take, including a number of sizeable management actions wholly within the Group's control. This includes drawing down on the revolving credit facility, reducing discretionary expenditure, and dividend management actions.

The Group is considered to be resilient to adverse climate change over the three-year horizon; the stresses to market levels and flows explored under the stress testing and scenario analysis programme are deemed to capture the possible consequences of climate change over this period.

Reverse stress testing involves exploring the quantitative and/or qualitative impacts of extreme scenarios which could threaten the viability of our business model. For this year's exercise, we investigated the potential for cyber-attacks to impact on the Group's viability.

Initial analysis highlighted that, given the diversification of revenues arising from the Group's three businesses, the Group's viability was most likely to be threatened where significant disruption was experienced by more than one business.

The Group's IT architecture and related controls were found to reduce the risk of a single cyber-attack having a material impact on more than one business. As a result, it was concluded that significant disruption was only likely to be experienced by more than one business where the Group suffered more than one cyber-attack.

Based on the above, the reverse stress test scenario that was explored focused on a ransomware cyberattack impacting on the abrdn Group, followed a few months later by a cyber-attack impacting FNZ's ability to serve abrdn. In exploring this extreme scenario, consideration was given to understanding the possible disruption that could arise in the Investments and Adviser business such that the abrdn Group could become non-viable.

The investigations concluded that the Group's nonviability was most likely to arise due to (i) a significant outflow of AUMA from the Investments business following the cyber-attack on the abrdn Group and (ii) the Adviser business reaching a point of non-viability following disruption caused by the cyber-attack on FNZ. The Group operates extensive controls to protect the business against cyber-attacks and engages actively with third parties to understand and, where necessary, request improvement in the controls they operate.

The likelihood of two cyber-attacks arising in the manner described is considered to be very remote. This, and the controls in place to mitigate the impact of such cyber-attacks, supports the assessment of viability and no qualification is considered necessary.

Over recent years the Group has also explored reverse stress tests including the failure of a critical third-party administrator in the Investments business, the loss of critical staff and extreme financial market shocks. The work performed concluded that these events had a low likelihood of occurrence and were not considered likely to threaten the Group's viability. These conclusions are considered to remain valid.

Operational resilience reflects the ability of firms and the financial sector as a whole to prevent, adapt and respond to, and recover and learn from operational disruptions. In addition to causing potential harm to customers and threatening market integrity, such operational disruptions and the unavailability of important business services have the potential to threaten viability.

To support the Group's operational resilience, and in line with UK regulatory expectations, the Group reviews and approves important business services, impact tolerance thresholds, and operational resilience self-assessments on an annual basis. The Group also undertakes measures where relevant to comply with operational resilience regulations in overseas jurisdictions, for example Singapore and Ireland.

The Group continues to enhance its operational resilience and defences against risks through enhancement programmes. This is to ensure the Group complies with UK regulatory expectations around operational resilience that must be met by March 2025 and helps to further reduce risks of non-viability.

Assessment of viability

The Directors confirm that they have a reasonable expectation that abrdn plc will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the next three years.

Managing risk for better outcomes

Our approach to risk management

A strong risk and compliance culture underpins our commitment to put client and customers first and safeguard the interests of our shareholders. Our Board has ultimate responsibility for risk management and oversees the effectiveness of our Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) framework.

ERM framework

The ERM framework supports risk management throughout our business. We operate 'three lines of defence' with defined roles and responsibilities. We continually evolve our framework to meet the changing needs of the company and to make sure it keeps pace with industry best practice. In 2023, improvements to the framework included:

Delivering a new approach to Risk and Control Self Assessments, focused on key business outcomes and executive accountability.
Improving abrdn's risk acceptance process.
Improved management information to better
measure how the framework is applied in practice. – Reviewing our risk taxonomy.
Strengthening capabilities within Enterprise Risk.
Further embedding of capabilities to support Operational Resilience and Consumer Duty outcomes.
Updating our Global Code of Conduct.

Business risk environment

The commercial environment remained challenging during 2023 given the market and economic environment and geopolitical events and risks. Inflation remained high, accompanied by the continued tightening of monetary policy. These conditions adversely impacted market levels and client flows over the year.

We have continued to simplify our business model, delivering on recent transformation projects and continued diversification of the Group's revenue, following the acquisition of ii in 2022.

We have simplified and focused our investment capabilities on areas where we have both the skill and the scale to capitalise on the key theme shaping the market, through either public markets or alternative asset classes. We have completed the sales of our US private equity and discretionary fund management businesses and announced the sale of our European private equity business. We have also acquired the healthcare fund management capabilities of Tekla, as part of our journey to refocus our business to become a 'specialist' manager.

We continue to manage a lot of change across the business, to simplify and achieve sustainable growth. The volume of change may create bandwidth issues and operational stretch on top of our core activities, whilst we balance the demands of the business

simplification and growth agendas. We continue to monitor how we attract, retain and develop our colleagues and engage regularly on colleague engagement.

Client and customer interests are at the heart of our business. We continue to focus on good outcomes which we deliver across our business. During 2023, we implemented the FCA's new Consumer Duty requirements, which came into force on 31July. This is embedded in our Global Code of Conduct and supported by our Consumer Duty mandatory training and our Client and Customer Policy.

The Consumer Duty requirements place specific obligations on the abrdn Group's businesses to demonstrate Value for Money for its clients. This is achieved by avoiding biased incentive schemes and by our Value for Money framework, underpinned by our culture and strategy.

Evolving and emerging risks

We are vigilant to risks that could crystallise over different horizons and impact our strategy, operations and our clients. These risks vary in nature as they cover geopolitical, economic, societal, technological, legal, regulatory and environmental themes. We distil internal and external research to consider how risks could emerge and evolve.

We provide our clients and customers fair and transparent fee structures and are engaged with the FCA (in the UK) on retention of interest earned on cash balances. Some notable risks (and opportunities) for our business include adoption of modern technologies, uncertainty driven by geopolitics, unprecedented market shifts, evolving cyber threats and climate change.

Sustainability risks1

We have a responsibility to shareholders, clients, customers and all stakeholders to assess, report on, manage and mitigate our sustainability risks. As an investment firm, we need to consider the impact of our corporate activities while making investments in line with client mandates. We are mindful of the increasing challenges around providing consistent ESG disclosures across multiple geographies.

During 2023, we continued to deliver against a number of key milestones. These included regulatory disclosure requirements under the EU SFDR and UK TCFD and enhancing our climate and carbon analytical tools. We completed the integration of ESG data into our investment data platform to support 2024 regulatory reporting and transitioned to a new ESG screening and exclusion tool. We have commenced a review of the UK SDR reporting and disclosure requirement for delivery in 2024.

See Note 34 of the ARA 2023 for disclosure relating to the financial impact of climate-related risk on the Group financial statements.

Principal risks and uncertainties

We categorise our risks across 12 principal risk categories which have both internal and external drivers. Within our ERM framework, we have developed more detailed taxonomy of risks under these principal risk categories. This allows us to systematically monitor the risk profile of our business. Principal and emerging risks are subject to active oversight and robust assessment by the Board. These risks are described in the following table.

Strategic risk 1

The current external geopolitical and macroeconomic environment presents a wide range of risks that could impact our business plan and the implementation of our strategy.
The volume of internal change also poses a risk to the delivery of our plans.
Risks could include failing to meet client expectations, poor strategic decision-making or failure to adapt.

Risk to our business How we manage this risk

We continued to simplify our business model, increase efficiency and improve the blend of capabilities, technology and processes.

We successfully completed key acquisitions and disposals to simplify our business and strengthen our capabilities for future growth. Each business has a clear growth strategy. We rigorously assess inorganic opportunities for their contribution to our core strategy and client needs. Market and competitor intelligence has aided decision-making.

We have maintained focus on geopolitical and macroeconomic developments to understand and manage implications.

Financial risk 2

This is the risk of having insufficient financial resources, suffering losses from adverse markets or the failure or default of counterparties. It is impacted by our flows experience, global market conditions and the fees we charge on investment mandates, platforms and wealth management services.
Our strong capital and liquidity position enabled the continuation of returning capital to shareholders through share buybacks, while still maintaining a strong capital position.

Business planning and stress testing is used to project our financial resources under a range of scenarios and confirm the financial resilience of our business. During 2023, we continued to operate to the UK Investment Firms Prudential Regime which determines regulatory capital and liquidity requirements for the group and its key entities. Our UK regulator completed a planned Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process during 2023, as standard for the industry.

Our Treasury Policy includes minimum standards for managing liquidity, market and counterparty risks, including the credit quality of our counterparties.

Conduct risk 3

Our business relies on our ability to deliver good service and fair client and customer outcomes.
There is a risk that we fail to achieve this through our operational activities and the implementation of our change programmes.
This could lead to customer and client harm, reputational damage and loss of income.

Being client and customer-led is a commitment and an essential aspect of our culture. This means the continuous focus on client and customer outcomes in all that we do.

Our ERM framework supports the management of conduct risk with clear expectations around conduct goals and responsibilities. In 2023, we updated our Global Code of Conduct and implemented the FCA's Consumer Duty. Work is continuing to embed the new framework, improve management information and ensure compliance of closed book products, required by 31 July 2024.

Risk to our business How we manage this risk

Regulatory and legal risk 4

High volumes of regulatory change can create interpretation and implementation risks.
Compliance failures can lead to poor customer and client outcomes, sanctions, reputation damage and income loss.
During 2023 the company continued to respond to and implement regulatory change, including in relation to ESG and the new Consumer Duty requirements in the UK.
Potential risks of changing capital and liquidity requirements.
Tax risk is inherent in the nature of our global business. This could lead to reputational risk and/or financial loss for our business.

We actively monitor developments and engage with our regulators on the regulatory landscape, given the broad and complex rules that the firms' operations must apply globally, including the implementation of new regulatory policy initiatives. We also invest in compliance and monitoring activity across the business. The evolution of regulatory divergence between the UK and EU rulebooks is a particularfocus for the group in view of our business footprint.

We work with our regulators and tax authorities, to address requirements and expectations.

Our relationships with key regulators are based on trust and transparency while our compliance and legal teams support senior managers across our business.

Operational risks (5-12)

Process execution and trade errors 5

This is the risk that processes, systems or external events could produce operational errors.
During 2023 there was continued management focus on process execution and trade errors.

We have established processes for reporting and managing incidents, risk events and issues. We monitor underlying causes of error to identify areas for action, promoting a culture of accountability and continuously improving how we address issues.

People 6

Our people are our greatest asset. Business change has the potential to impact engagement and morale.
Engaging with our people, and supporting their wellbeing, is critical to our strategy and the success of our business.

We invest considerable time listening to and communicating with our staff and have well-established approaches to engaging at all levels.

We continue to monitor and have responded to market pressures and increased competition for talent in our industry. We use targeted approaches to support retention and recruitment for our key business functions.

Technology 7

There is a risk that our technology may fail to keep pace with business needs. There is also the significant risk of unauthorised access of our systems and cyber-attack.
These risks are relevant to a wide range of potential threats to the business including internal failure, external intrusion, supplier failure and weather events.
Our current IT estate is complex and there are dependencies on third party suppliers that need to be managed in a dedicated way.

We have an ongoing programme to invest in and enhance our IT infrastructure controls. We benchmark our IT systems environment to identify areas for improvement and further investment.

We delivered our Adviser platform technology upgrade in February, to allow abrdn to deliver better adviser and customer outcomes, greater operational efficiency, and exit transitional services with Phoenix.

We maintain heightened vigilance for cyber intrusion, with dedicated teams monitoring and managing cyber security risks. We carry out regular testing on penetration and crisis management.

Security and resilience

Incidents that can impact business resilience and continuity include environmental issues, terrorism, economic instabilities, cyber-attacks and operational incidents.
The risk of disruption from inside the organisation is broadly stable. However, tools for exploiting IT vulnerabilities are becoming more widely available globally and are frequently used by criminal groups to enable ransomware attacks.

Risk to our business How we manage this risk

We continue to strengthen our operational resilience. Crisis management and contingency planning processes are regularly reviewed and tested, to strengthen our resilience and response. We are preparing to implement changes in relation to the new EU Digital Operational Resilience Act, to be implemented by January 2025.

Fraud and financial crime 9

As a business that handles clients' money, we are exposed to the risk of fraudulent and dishonest activity.
As we engage with a wide number of external parties, we have to be vigilant to the risk that these parties are connected with criminal behaviour, or subject to sanctions by national or global authorities.

We have improved the control environment for antimoney laundering. Processes are in place to identify client activity linked with financial crime, globally. These include controls for anti-money laundering, anti-bribery, fraud and other areas of financial crime.

We continue to work with the financial authorities and our industry peers to assist those targeted by scams.

Change management 10

– As a diverse, global investment firm, we are continually implementing change to improve our business or meet regulatory expectations. As well as being costly, failure to deliver change effectively can lead to poor client and customer outcomes and/or regulatory non-compliance.

The ongoing simplification of our business model enables us to be more agile and respond at pace to changes in the economic environment.

In our commitment to transformation, we are positioning our business for a longer-term sustainable future and have committed to actions to align our resources and capabilities. We have established governance processes with project resources and clearly defined roles across the three lines of defence.

Third party management 11

– We outsource various activities to third party suppliers and are exposed to a variety of delivery, regulatory and reputational risks as a result.

Our Third-Party Risk Management framework continues to evolve in line with external developments, industry practice and regulatory developments.

Financial management process 12

– We have extensive financial reporting obligations to clients, customers, shareholders, regulators and other stakeholders. Failures in these processes could impact decision-making and lead to regulatory and litigation risk.

Our financial reporting activities align to external reporting standards and industry best practice. These activities are subject to extensive internal control and external assurance.

The cover to page 79 constitute the Strategic report which was approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Stephen Bird

Chief Executive Officer abrdn plc (SC286832) 26 February 2024

Board of Directors

Our business is overseen by our Board of Directors. Biographical details (and shareholdings) of the Directors as at 26 February 2024 are listed below.

Sir Douglas Flint CBE – Chairman

Appointed to the Board	Age
November 2018	68
Nationality	Shares
British	200,000
Board committees:	NC

In other current roles, Sir Douglas is Chairman of IP Group plc and Chairman of the Royal Marsden Hospital and Charity. He is a member of a number of advisory boards and trade associations through which he keeps abreast of industry, regulatory and international affairs of relevance to his public company responsibilities.

Previously, Sir Douglas served as Group Chairman of HSBC Holdings plc from 2010 to 2017. For 15 years prior to this he was HSBC's group finance director, joining from KPMG where he was a partner, and from 2005 to 2011 he served as a non-executive director of BP plc. He has extensive experience of business in Asia, having been a member of both the Mayor of Shanghai and Mayor of Beijing's Advisory Boards and currently serves on the International Advisory Panel of the Monetary Authority of Singapore.

Sir Douglas was awarded the CBE in 2006 and his knighthood in 2018, both in recognition of his service to the finance industry. In June 2022, he was awarded an honorary degree by the University of Glasgow, his alma mater, in recognition of his services to the business community.

Stephen Bird – Chief Executive Officer

Appointed to the Board	Age
July 2020	57

Nationality	Shares

Stephen brings a track record of delivering exceptional value to clients, creating highquality revenue and earnings growth in complex financial markets, and deep experience of business transformation during periods of technological disruption and competitive change.

Stephen joined the Board in July 2020 as Chief Executive-Designate, becoming Chief Executive Officer in September 2020. He is an abrdn representative director to the US closed-end fund boards and the SICAV fund boards where abrdn is the appointed investment manager.

Previously, Stephen served as Chief Executive Officer of global consumer banking at Citigroup from 2015, retiring from the role in November 2019. His responsibilities encompassed all consumer and commercial banking businesses in 19 countries, including retail banking and wealth management, and operations and technology supporting these businesses. Prior to this, he was Chief Executive for Citigroup's Asia-Pacific business across 17 markets, including India and China.

Stephen joined Citigroup in 1998. Over 21 years he held leadership roles in banking, operations and technology across its Asian and Latin American businesses. Before this, he held management positions at GE Capital, where he was director of UK operations from 1996 to 1998, and at British Steel.

Stephen is a member of the Investment Association's board of directors, and the Financial Services Growth and Development Board in Scotland. He holds an MBA in Economics and Finance from University College Cardiff and is an Honorary Fellow.

Jason Windsor – Chief Financial Officer

Age 51
Shares
Nil

Jason joined abrdn as Chief Financial Officer in October 2023, bringing over twenty-five years of experience in the financial services industry. Having held senior finance roles in investments, insurance and banking, Jason has established a strong track record of leadership in finance, asset management, M&A, and strategy.

His most recent role before joining abrdn was Chief Financial Officer of Persimmon plc. Prior to this, Jason was Group Chief Financial Officer of Aviva plc between 2019 and 2022. He had previously been Chief Financial Officer of Aviva's UK General Insurance and UK Life businesses, Chief Capital & Investments Officer, and a director on the board of Aviva Investors.

Before joining Aviva in 2010, Jason spent 15 years at Morgan Stanley in London and Singapore, latterly as a Managing Director within its Investment Banking Division, where he advised UK and international banks, insurers and asset managers on M&A, capital raising and strategy.

Jason is a governor of Felsted School in Essex. Jason holds a BA (Hons) from the University of Oxford, with a Part II thesis in Atmospheric chemistry.

Key to Board committees Remuneration Committee

Board of Directors

Sir Douglas Flint CBE –

Appointed to the Board November 2018

Board committees: NC

Sir Douglas' extensive experience of board leadership in global financial services has shaped a collaborative approach which helps to facilitate open and constructive boardroom discussion. He maintains a keen interest and involvement in international, financial and governance matters, retaining an expertise which is an important asset to abrdn. This expertise, together with his prior board experience, help to focus board attention on their stewardship responsibilities as well as guiding discussion and challenge on the design and delivery of our strategy. In other current roles, Sir Douglas is Chairman of IP Group plc and Chairman of the Royal Marsden Hospital and Charity. He is a member of a number of advisory boards and trade associations through which he keeps abreast of industry, regulatory and

international affairs of relevance to his public

services to the business community.

company responsibilities.

Chairman

Nationality British

of the Directors as at 26 February 2024 are listed below.

Age 68

Shares 200,000

Our business is overseen by our Board of Directors. Biographical details (and shareholdings)

Stephen Bird –

July 2020

Nationality British

Chief Executive Officer

Appointed to the Board

competitive change.

investment manager.

Previously, Stephen served as Chief Executive Officer of global consumer banking at Citigroup from 2015, retiring from the role in November 2019. His responsibilities

encompassed all consumer and commercial banking businesses in 19 countries, including retail banking and wealth management, and operations and technology supporting these businesses. Prior to this, he was Chief Executive for Citigroup's Asia-Pacific business across 17 markets, including India and China. Stephen joined Citigroup in 1998. Over 21 years he held leadership roles in banking, operations and technology across its Asian and Latin American businesses. Before this, he held management positions at GE Capital, where he was director of UK operations from

1996 to 1998, and at British Steel. Stephen is a member of the Investment Association's board of directors, and the Financial Services Growth and Development Board in Scotland. He holds an MBA in Economics and Finance from University College Cardiff and is an Honorary Fellow.

Age 57

Shares 782,355 Jason Windsor – Chief Financial Officer

M&A, and strategy.

Nationality British

Appointed to the Board October 2023

Age 51

UK Life businesses, Chief Capital & Investments Officer, and a director on the

Jason is a governor of Felsted School in Essex. Jason holds a BA (Hons) from the University of Oxford, with a Part II thesis in Atmospheric

board of Aviva Investors.

raising and strategy.

chemistry.

Shares Nil

Risk and Capital Committee Audit Committee

R RC A

Nomination and Governance Committee Committee Chair NC

Jonathan Asquith – Non-executive Director and Senior Independent Director

Appointed to the Board	Age
September 2019	67
Nationality	Shares
British	205,864
Board committees:	R NC

Jonathan has considerable experience as a non-executive director within the investment management and wealth industry. This brings important insight to his roles as Senior Independent Director and Chair of our Remuneration Committee.

Jonathan is a non-executive director of CiCap Limited and its regulated subsidiary Coller Capital Limited. He is also a nonexecutive director of B-FLEXION Group Holdings SA and subsidiaries including Vantage Infrastructure Holdings and Capital Four Holding A/S. At the end of 2020 he stepped down as Deputy Chair of 3i Group plc after nearly 10 years as a board member. Previously, he has been Chair of Citigroup Global Markets Limited, Citibank International Limited, Dexion Capital plc and AXA Investment Managers. He has also been a director of Tilney, Ashmore Group plc and AXA UK plc.

In his executive career Jonathan worked at Morgan Grenfell for 18 years, rising to become group finance director of Morgan Grenfell Group, before going on to take the roles of Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer at Deutsche Morgan Grenfell. From 2002 to 2008 he was a director of Schroders plc, during which time he was Chief Financial Officer and later Executive Vice Chairman.

He holds an MA from the University of Cambridge.

Catherine Bradley CBE – Non-executive Director

Appointed to the Board	Age
January 2022	64
Nationality	Shares
British and French	12,181
Board committees:	A NC RC

Catherine hasmore than 30 years'executive experience advising global financial institutions and industrial companies on complex transactions and strategic opportunities. She brings knowledge from working across Europe and Asia, serving on the boards of leading consumer-facing companies, and working with regulators which provides valuable input to her roles as Chair of our Audit Committee and nonexecutive Chair of interactive investor, a wholly owned subsidiary of the group.

Catherine is a non-executive director of Johnson Electric Holdings Limited, and easyJet plc, where she chairs the finance committee. She is also senior independent director of Kingfisher plc.

Previously, Catherine served on the boards of leading industrial and consumer-facing companies in the UK, France, and Hong Kong. She was appointed by HM Treasury to the board of the Financial Conduct Authority in 2014 and played an important role in establishing the FICC Markets Standards Board in 2015. Catherine stepped down from these boards in 2020. Between 2021 and 2022 she was also a board member of the Value Reporting Foundation, where she cochaired the audit committee.

In her executive career, Catherine has held a number of senior finance roles in investment banking and risk management: in the US with Merrill Lynch, in the UK and Asia with Credit Suisse, and in Asia with Société Générale. She returned to Europe in 2014 to start her nonexecutive career.

Catherine graduated from the HEC Paris School of Management with a major in Finance and International Economics. She was awarded a CBE in 2019.

John Devine – Non-executive Director

Appointed to the Board July 2016	Age 65
Nationality	Shares
British	52,913
Board committees:	RC A NC

John's previous roles in asset management, his experience in the US and Asia, and his background in finance, operations and technology are all areas of importance to our strategy. John's experience is important to the board's discussions of financial reporting and risk management. He is Chair of our Risk & Capital Committee.

John was appointed a director of our business in July 2016, at that time Standard Life plc. From April 2015 until August 2016, he was non-executive Chair of Standard Life Investments (Holdings) Limited.

He is non-executive Chair of Credit Suisse International and of Credit Suisse Securities (Europe) Limited, and a non-executive director of Citco Custody Limited and Citco Custody (UK) Limited.

From 2008 to 2010, John was Chief Operating Officer of Threadneedle Asset Management Limited. Prior to this, he held a number of senior executive positions at Merrill Lynch in London, New York, Tokyo and Hong Kong.

He holds a BA (Hons) from Preston Polytechnic, and MBA in Banking from Bangor University and is a Fellow of the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accounting.

Hannah Grove – Non-executive Director

Appointed to the Board	Age
September 2021	60
Nationality	Shares
British and American	33,000
Board committees:	NC R

Hannah bringsmore than 20 years of leadership experience in the global financial services industry. Her expertise includes leading brand, client and digital marketing and communications strategies, including those for major acquisitions, which she combines with deep knowledge of regulatory and governance matters. She is also our designated non-executive director for board employee engagement and sits as a nonexecutive director on the boards of Standard Life Savings Limited and Elevate Portfolio Services Limited, wholly owned subsidiaries of abrdn group.

Before joining our Board, Hannah enjoyed a 22-year career at State Street. This included 12 years as Chief Marketing Officer, retiring from the role in November 2020. She was a member of the company's management committee, its business conduct & risk, and conduct standards committees, and a board member for its China legal entity.

Before joining State Street, Hannah was marketing director for the Money Matters Institute, supported by the United Nations, the World Bank and private sector companies to foster sustainable development in emerging economies.

In other current roles, Hannah is a member of the advisory board of Irrational Capital. She has also received significant industry recognition as a champion of diversity and inclusion and is a member of the board of advisors for reboot, an organisation that aims to enhance dialogue around race both at work and across society.

Pam Kaur – Non-executive Director

Appointed to the Board	Age
June 2022	60
Nationality	Shares
British	Nil
Board committees:	A RC

Pam has morethan 20 years' experience of leadership roles in business, risk, compliance, and internal audit within several of the world's largest and most complex financial institutions during periods of significant change and public scrutiny. She brings considerableexpertise in leading the development and implementation of compliance, audit and risk frameworks and adapting these to changing regulatory expectations.

Since qualifying as a chartered accountant with Ernst & Young, Pam has progressed through a range of technical, compliance, anti-fraud and risk roles with Citigroup, Lloyds TSB, Royal Bank of Scotland, Deutsche Bank and HSBC. These positions have given her extensive insight into the benefits of effective internal control systems that recognise external regulatory requirements.

She holds an MBA and B.Comm in Accountancy from Punjab University, and is a fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of England and Wales.

Key to Board committees Remuneration Committee

Board of Directors continued

Hannah Grove – Non-executive Director

Nationality

abrdn group.

economies.

work and across society.

Appointed to the Board September 2021

British and American

Board committees: NC ^R

member for its China legal entity. Before joining State Street, Hannah was marketing director for the Money Matters Institute, supported by the United Nations, the World Bank and private sector companies to foster sustainable development in emerging

Age 60

Shares 33,000 Pam Kaur –

June 2022

Nationality British

expectations.

Non-executive Director

Appointed to the Board

Board committees: ^A RC

largest and most complex financial institutions during periods of significant change and public scrutiny. She brings considerableexpertise in leading the development and implementation of compliance, audit and risk frameworks and adapting these to changing regulatory

Pam has morethan 20 years' experience of leadership roles in business, risk, compliance, and internal audit within several of the world's

Pam currently holds the role of Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer at HSBC and is also a director of the Hong Kong Shanghai Banking Corporation. Between 2019 and 2022, she served as a non-executive director on the board of Centrica, where she was also a member of the audit and risk committee, the nomination committee and the safety, environment and sustainability committee. Since qualifying as a chartered accountant with Ernst & Young, Pam has progressed through a range of technical, compliance, anti-fraud and risk roles with Citigroup, Lloyds TSB, Royal Bank of Scotland, Deutsche Bank and HSBC. These positions have given her extensive insight into the benefits of effective internal control systems that recognise external regulatory requirements. She holds an MBA and B.Comm in

Accountancy from Punjab University, and is a

fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of England and Wales.

Age 60

Shares Nil

Risk and Capital Committee Audit Committee

R RC A

Nomination and Governance Committee Committee Chair NC

Michael O'Brien – Non-executive Director

Age 60
Shares
173,780 A RC

Mike hasheld executive leadership roles within a number ofleading global asset managers in London and New York. He brings extensive asset management experience, with a key focus throughout his career on innovation and technology-driven change in support of better client outcomes. A qualified actuary, during his executive career with JP Morgan Asset Management, BlackRock Investment Management and Barclays Global Investors, he was responsible for developing and leading global investment solutions, distribution and relationship management strategies.

Mike is a non-executive director of Carne Global Financial Services Limited, and he is a senior adviser to Osmosis Investment Management. He is also an investment adviser to the British Coal Pension Funds.

Previously, Mike served on the board of the UK NAPF and was a member of the UK NAPF Defined Benefit Council. He retired in 2020 from his role as Co-Head, Global Investment Solutions at JP Morgan Asset Management. Prior to his move to BlackRock in 2000, Mike qualified as an actuary with Towers Watson, where he served as an investment and risk consultant.

Mike graduated from Limerick University with a BSc in Applied Mathematics. He is also a Chartered Financial Analyst and a Fellow of the Institute of Actuaries.

Cathleen Raffaeli – Non-executive Director

Appointed to the Board	Age
August 2018	67
Nationality	Shares
American	9,315
Board committees:	R RC

Cathi has strong experience in the financial technology, wealth management and banking sectors with a background in the platforms sector, as well as international board experience. She brings these insights as non-executive Chair of the boards of Standard Life Savings Limited and Elevate Portfolio Services Limited, wholly owned subsidiaries of abrdn group. Her role provides a direct link between the board and the platform businesses that help us connect with clients and their advisers.

Cathi is managing partner of Hamilton White Group, LLC which offers advisory services, including business development, to companies in financial services growth markets. In addition, she is managing partner of Soho Venture Partners Inc, which offers third-party business advisory services.

Previously, Cathi was lead director of E*Trade Financial Corporation, nonexecutive director of Kapitall Holdings, LLC and President and Chief Executive Officer of ProAct Technologies Corporation. She was also a non-executive director of Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, where she was a member of the executive committee, and Vice Chair of both the technology committee and the compensation and human resources committee.

She holds an MBA from New York University and a BS from the University of Baltimore.

Remuneration

Summary Directors' remuneration report Remuneration Committee Chair's statement

This summary report sets out what the Directors of abrdn were paid in 2023 together with an explanation of how the Remuneration Committee reached its recommendations.

Where tables and charts in this report have been replicated from the tables and charts audited by KPMG LLP in the ARA 2023 we have marked them as 'audited' for clarity. This is a summary of the Directors' remuneration report. The full report is included on pages 115 to 134 of the ARA 2023.

Approval

The Directors' remuneration report was approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Jonathan Asquith Chair of the Remuneration Committee

26 February 2024

Dear shareholder

On behalf of the Board I am pleased to present this summary of the Directors' Remuneration Reportfor the year ended 31 December 2023.

Introduction

At the 2023 AGM our directors' remuneration report for 2022 received a 93% vote in favour and our new Directors' remuneration policy (Policy) was approved with a 94% vote in favour. I would like to thank all shareholders for your continued strong level of support and constructive dialogue on remuneration matters, particularly in the period leading up to the 2023 AGM in respect of the Policy.

2023 was another year of significant change for abrdn. While the headwinds facing active asset managers only grew stronger, we reshaped our footprint and took steps to reduce complexity. As set out in the Chairman's statementand the Chief Executive Officer's review, a number of strategic actions were taken to streamline our businesses and set up a platform for growth. These included reducing costs through the consolidation and closure of sub-scale funds, investing in technology capabilities and marketing resources, selling our US Private Equity franchise, securing the agreementto sell our European Private Equity franchise and acquiring the healthcare fund management capabilities of Tekla Capital Management, increasing our holding of closed-end funds.

In a year of continued challenge for the active investment industry, flows and investment performance were disappointing in our Investments business, while rising profits in Adviser and ii were insufficient to counter the decline in revenues in Investments, despite strong cost-cutting in the area. As a result, financial performance metrics came out towards the bottom end of the range. There were better outcomes against non-financial targets, which measured progress on strategic actions taken by management to set the stage for growth while maintaining our focus on our people, culture and customers as we transform our business and continue our efforts to advance sustainable investing and limit our own climate impact.

New Chief Financial Officer's remuneration

Remuneration

Dear shareholder

December 2023.

Introduction

On behalf of the Board I am pleased to present this summary of the Directors' Remuneration Reportfor the year ended 31

At the 2023 AGM our directors' remuneration report for 2022 received a 93% vote in favour and our new Directors'

remuneration policy (Policy) was approved with a 94% vote in favour. I would like to thank all shareholders for your continued

remuneration matters, particularly in the period leading up to

strong level of support and constructive dialogue on

European Private Equity franchise and acquiring the healthcare fund management capabilities of Tekla Capital Management, increasing our holding of closed-end funds.

In a year of continued challenge for the active investment industry, flows and investment performance were

disappointing in our Investments business, while rising profits in Adviser and ii were insufficient to counter the decline in revenues in Investments, despite strong cost-cutting in the area. As a result, financial performance metrics came out towards the bottom end of the range. There were better outcomes against non-financial targets, which measured progress on strategic actions taken by management to set the stage for growth while maintaining our focus on our people, culture and customers as we transform our business and continue our efforts to advance sustainable investing and

the 2023 AGM in respect of the Policy.

limit our own climate impact.

Summary Directors' remuneration report Remuneration Committee Chair's statement This summary report sets out what the Directors of abrdn were paid in 2023 together with an explanation of how the Remuneration Committee reached its recommendations.

is included on pages 115 to 134 of the ARA 2023.

Board and signed on its behalf by:

Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Approval

Jonathan Asquith

26 February 2024

The Directors' remuneration report was approved by the

We were delighted to welcome Jason Windsorto the Board and the executive team on his appointment as Chief Financial Officer on 23 October 2023. Jason is a highly experienced Chief Financial Officerbringing demonstrable expertise and significant knowledge of our industry from over a decade within Aviva plc, latterly as Group Chief Financial Officer. His deepknowledge and experience in our sector together with his broader financial markets experience provide an ideal complement to the capabilities of the existing executive team.

The remuneration arrangements for Jason Windsor's appointment and Stephanie Bruce's exit were agreed by the Remuneration Committee in conformity with the Policy agreed at the 2023 AGM.As detailed in the announcement on 27 July 2023, Jason's remuneration package comprises:

A base salary of £675,000 per annum.
A pension allowance of 18% of salary aligned to the maximum contribution available to abrdn's UK-based employees and other benefits in line with our Policy.
An Annual Bonus up to a maximum of 150% of salary subject to performance (with 50% of any bonus earned being deferred for three years into abrdn shares, which will vest in three equal annual tranches). The award for performance year 2023 was prorated to reflect his joining the Company part way through the performance year.
An annual Long Term Incentive award of 225% of salary (final vesting percentage is based on stretching financial and shareholder return targets over the three-year performance period and the award is subject to a further two-year holding periodafter vesting).

The structure and quantum of the Chief Financial Officer's remuneration package is consistent with our Policy and falls below the maximumlevels permitted under the Policy. Jason's package was calibrated in the context of an assessment of what it would take to attract the required skills and expertise from the market (utilising benchmarking data for similar rolesacross FTSE Financial Services peer group companies), the expectations of other candidates put forward for the role and Jason's previous remuneration packages.

The Remuneration Committee is confident that the remuneration package, which was shared with the market at the time, has been set at a level that takes into account the skills and experience that Jason brings.

In line with our Policy and standard practice, Jason also receivedbuy-out awards to compensate for remuneration he forfeited on leaving his previous employer. All such awards reflect the valueand structure of awards foregone, including the vesting and/or holding periods. Where relevant, these awards include abrdn performance conditions enabling immediate alignment to abrdn performance. Further details are set out on pages 126 and 127 of the ARA 2023.

How our Policy was applied in 2023

Strategic advances in 2023 to enable a leaner Investments business, generate capacity for Adviser clients and generate organic customer growth in ii were balanced by shortfalls in the Investments business's financial performance as the macro environment continued to be challenging for abrdn. With 35% of the annual bonus and 100% of the LTIP driven directly by profit and total shareholder return measures, low

rewards for executive Directors reflected the low returns for shareholders balanced by a recognition of the progress made in developing ii and Adviser and in addressing cost issues in Investments.

In this context, the Remuneration Committee is comfortable that the Policy operated as intended.

Annual bonus (detail on pages 121 to 123 of the ARA 2023)

Financial performance (65%)

Financial targets were set with reference to the Boardapproved plan including measures on net flows, investment performance and adjusted operating profit before tax. Against the backdrop of a 'higher for longer' rate environment and continued significant macroeconomicand geopolitical headwinds, financial performance was subdued.

Investment performance:performance for fixed income, quantitative, alternative investment strategies and liquidity remainedstrong. However, Equities were impacted by our AUM bias towards Asia and Emerging Markets and the quality growth style. 2023 was also challenging for multi-asset strategies and real estate valuations experienced early on some ofthe sharpest corrections for many years and impacted returns over all periods. Overall, performance did not meet the threshold required for a payout under the annual bonus plan.

Net flows: continuedchallenging asset allocation trends had an adverse impact on flows, with Institutional and Retail Wealth experiencing lower gross flows while net flows improved in Insurance Partners. AlthoughAdviser and Personal Wealth proved more resilient, market conditions and cost of living pressures contributed to net outflows there too, while ii net inflows remained strong despite a subdued retail market. In aggregate, performance on net flows fell below the threshold required to qualify for payouts under the annual bonus plan.

Adjusted operating profit before tax:this came in 5% lower than the prior year, at £249m. ii and the Adviser business increased profitability, with ii including the benefit of a full 12 months' contribution compared to 7 months in 2022. However, this was offset by reduced revenue in the Investments business reflecting net outflows and adverse market conditions. The overall outcome was between threshold and target.

The outcomes for the financial element of the 2023annual bonus are summarised below.

Financial performance measure	Weighting (% of total scorecard)	2023 outcome (% of total scorecard)
Investment performance	15%	0%
Net flows	15%	0%
Adjusted operating profit before tax	35%	9.42%

This resulted in an overall assessment of 9.42% out of a maximum of 65% on financial measures.

Remuneration continued

Non-financial performance (35%) In 2023, we assessed non-financial performance against three baskets of measures: Strategic (three measures aligned to each of our businesses), ESG (comprising Environment and Social categories) and Customer.

Strategic: the Investments business closedor mergedover 100 funds, soldthe US Private Equity franchise and delivered savings of £102m, generating a leaner business although revenues still fell faster than costs. Adviser delivered its largest and most complex technology upgrade, despite early implementation headwinds, enhancing our platform proposition in advance ofthe impending launch of adviserOS in 2024. ii enriched its offering in the year with its pilot of ii community, the launch of Investor Essentials and Pension Essentials, alongside further expansion in its SIPP programme and a new approach to brand development, increasing customers by 4% organic growth and gaining market share despite subdued market conditions. ii also launched new website infrastructure in January 2023, modernising the design and improving user experience. The Remuneration Committee took into account these significant strategic actions to better position the businesses for future growth and determined the final outcome of 8% out of 10%.

Environment: targeted engagement continued with our largest financed emitters (162 resolutions voted on in 2023). Tracking at a 41% carbon intensity reduction in in-scope public market portfolios compared to our 2019 baseline (25% reduction in in-scope real estate portfolio), we are on track for our target of a 50% reduction by 2030. For our own operational net zero, we remain well-placed to meet our long-term net zero carbon emission target. The Remuneration Committee took into accountmore than 5 separate qualitative and quantitative performance indicators in agreeing the outcome at 5% out of 5%.

Social/people: engagement levels held steady despite continued large-scale transformation and organisational change. Sense of inclusion, the nature of each individual's work and personal motivation levels all continue to score well, although we recognise that there is more work to do. 2023 saw noteworthy steps taken to transform the culture of abrdn, with the culture programme work completing and the final phase of our 'Commitments' work delivered. DEI levers of change held steady. Taking into account more than 15 qualitative and quantitative performance indicatorsand noting minimal traction on employee engagement levels, the Remuneration Committee determined the final outcome of 6% out of 10%.

Customer: in the Investments business, strong relationships with clients persisted with independent client survey feedback highlighting goodclient service and account management. In Adviser, delivering the recent technology release for the Wrap platformdisrupted service for clients in the short term, although our 'Return to Green' activity in H2 2023 saw service levels and client satisfaction improve. For ii, the Remuneration Committee recognised the organic growth in customer numbers, the increase in market share and the continued positive feedback from customers regarding their experience with ii. Taking into account more than 20 qualitative and quantitative performance indicators, the Remuneration Committee determined the final outcome of 7.5% outof 10%.

Considering all components together, this resulted in an overall assessment of 26.5% out of amaximum of 35% on non-financial measures.

Remuneration Committee assessment

To assess whether the outcomes generated by the scorecard were fair in the broader performance and risk context, the Remuneration Committee reviewed the individual components which contributed to the delivery of this performance and the alignment of scorecard outcomes with the experience of a range of stakeholders. Further components the Remuneration Committee considered are set out on page 123 of the ARA 2023.

In particular, the Remuneration Committee carefully considered the experience of employees and how executive Director incentive outcomes compared to employee incentive outcomes. External market conditions have been challenging for abrdn in recent years andthis has heavily impacted both executive Director and employee pay outcomes. By design, there are differences in the priorities which drive how these two populations are remunerated; as a result, their relative experiences can be different.

Executive Directors' annual bonus levels reduced from 80.5% (2021) to 30.25% (2022) of maximum opportunity. The increase to 35.92% for 2023 represents an important but limited reversal of that move, recognising the progress that the executive Directors aremaking in reshaping abrdn to cope with the challenges facing the company and the wider asset management industry.

For key staff below Board level, we have implemented various other reward changes, including granting restricted stock awards and increasing salaries, which have not been awarded to our executive Directors. In this context, the Remuneration Committee concluded that executive Director outcomes reflected the overall employee experience.

The Remuneration Committee concluded that the outcomes delivered by the scorecard were a fair and balanced assessment of performance and no adjustment to them was needed or made.

Summarising these results, the Remuneration Committee approved the following outcomes based on performance against targets:

Executive Director	Final outcome (% of max)	2023 total bonus (£000s)
Stephen Bird	35.92%	786
Jason Windsor	35.92%	701
Stephanie Bruce	35.92%	1032

The 2023 total bonus for Jason Windsor is prorated to reflect his appointment to the Board effective23 October 2023.

The 2023 total bonus for Stephanie Bruce is prorated to reflect her stepping down from the Board effective 11 May 2023.

Long-term incentives (detail on pages 123 to 127 of the ARA 2023)

Vesting of the 2021 Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)award granted to Stephen Bird and Stephanie Bruce is based on performance over the three-year period ending on 31 December 2023.A proportion of Jason Windsor's 2021 Long-Term Incentive Buyout is also subject to the performance conditions of the 2021 LTIP (see pages 126 and 127 of the ARA 2023 for more detail).After review, the Remuneration Committee concluded that the performance for the Adjusted Diluted Capital Generation per share metric was between threshold and target and the overall award shouldvest at 18.75%.

Policy implementation in 2024

Remuneration continued

Non-financial performance (35%)

In 2023, we assessed non-financial performance against three baskets of measures: Strategic (three measures aligned to each of our businesses), ESG (comprising Environment and Social categories) and Customer.

Considering all components together, this resulted in an overall assessment of 26.5% out of amaximum of 35% on

Remuneration Committee assessment To assess whether the outcomes generated by the scorecard were fair in the broader performance and risk context, the Remuneration Committee reviewed the individual components which contributed to the delivery of this performance and the alignment of scorecard outcomes with the experience of a range of stakeholders. Further components the Remuneration Committee considered are

In particular, the Remuneration Committee carefully

result, their relative experiences can be different.

considered the experience of employees and how executive Director incentive outcomes compared to employee incentive outcomes. External market conditions have been challenging for abrdn in recent years andthis has heavily impacted both executive Director and employee pay outcomes. By design, there are differences in the priorities which drive how these two populations are remunerated; as a

The Remuneration Committee concluded that the outcomes

assessment of performance and no adjustment to them was

Final outcome (% of max)

2023 total bonus (£000s)

Summarising these results, the Remuneration Committee approved the following outcomes based on performance

Stephen Bird 35.92% 786 Jason Windsor 35.92% 701 Stephanie Bruce 35.92% 1032 The 2023 total bonus for Jason Windsor is prorated to reflect his appointment

The 2023 total bonus for Stephanie Bruce is prorated to reflect her stepping

delivered by the scorecard were a fair and balanced

set out on page 123 of the ARA 2023.

asset management industry.

needed or made.

against targets:

Executive Director

to the Board effective23 October 2023.

down from the Board effective 11 May 2023.

non-financial measures.

determined the final outcome of 8% out of 10%.

our target of a 50% reduction by 2030. For our own operational net zero, we remain well-placed to meet our

Remuneration Committee took into accountmore than 5 separate qualitative and quantitative performance indicators

long-term net zero carbon emission target. The

in agreeing the outcome at 5% out of 5%.

6% out of 10%.

of 7.5% outof 10%.

Following a review, no change has been made to salaries for the executive Directors or fees for the non-executives for 2024.

In line with previous practice, we will continue to set stretch targets for the annual bonus and the LTIP to ensure that the maximum opportunity will only be earned for exceptional performance.

The scorecard for the 2024 annual bonus is detailed on page 89and the targets, which are commercially sensitive, will be disclosed at the end of this performance year in the 2024 Annual report and accounts. The scorecard continues to focus themajority of the opportunity on the achievement of financial targets as set out in our Policy (65%), with the balance measured against non-financial performance including Strategic, ESG and Customer objectives. The Remuneration Committee has agreed a Strategic measure and a basket of key indicators in the otherareas which will allow a rounded assessment of performance to be made. Details on these metrics, including how the Remuneration Committee assessed performance against them, will be disclosed retrospectively.

As outlined in the Chairman's statement, the Group is updating one of its key performance indicators moving forward, from adjusted capital generation (ACG) to net capital generation (NCG).

The Remuneration Committee reviewed the impact of this change and agreed that the 2024 LTIP will consist of two equally weighted targets, NetCapital Generation per share Compound Annual Growth Rate (NCG CAGR) and Relative TSR. The new metric of NCG CAGRmore closely aligns to the dividend paying capability of the Company over the long term, compared to ACG CAGR,and incentivises the phasing out of restructuring costs in the long term as targeted in the Board-approved business plan. NCG is defined as ACG less restructuring and corporate costs (net of tax). The three-year NCG per share target range has been set at 15%-25% CAGR, which is aligned with the business plan agreed with the Board. The annual development of this measure is not linear and target ranges for any future grants will be calibrated to allow for this. The Remuneration Committee also reviewed the TSR peer group for the Relative TSR metric. Details of the 2024 LTIP grant can be found on page89.

During the year, the Remuneration Committee remained mindful of the debate and discussions led by the Capital Markets Industry Taskforce on resetting the approach to executive pay for UK listed firms. We continue to welcome the debate on the use of restricted share awards and the promisedreview of the Investment Association Principles of Remuneration. The Remuneration Committee will review any future guidelines and consider whether there is a beneficial role for restricted share awards in the abrdn remuneration structure.

To help you navigate the report effectively, I would like to draw your attention to the sections on pages 88and 89, which summarise both the outcomes for 2023 and how the Policy will be implemented in 2024. Further detailed information is then set out in the rear section of the report in the ARA 2023 for your reference as required.

On behalf of the Board, I invite you to read our remuneration report. As always, the Remuneration Committee and I are open to hearing your views on this year's report and our Policy in general.

Remuneration continued

At a glance – 2023 remuneration outcomes

Outcome of performance measures ending in the financial year

1 The following charts show performance against the target range for the annual bonus and commentary on the 2021-2023 LTIP. Further detail on the assessment of the performance conditions can be found on pages 121 to 123 of the ARA 2023.

Performance vs Maximum (%) – Financial measures

Performance vs Maximum (%) – Non-financial measures

% AUM above benchmark average of three-year for all asset classes.

Excl. cash/liquidity and Insurance.

2023 annual bonus scorecard outcome

The following table sets out the final outcome for the 2023 annual bonus. A detailed breakdown ofthe assessment of performance conditions can be found on pages 121 to 123 of the ARA 2023.

	Bonus Scorecard Outcome		Total Bonus Outcome
	Financial metrics (minimum 65%)	Non-financial metrics (maximum 35%)	Board approved outcome (% of maximum)	Salary received in year (£000s)	Maximum opportunity (% of salary)	Total award (% of salary)	Total award (£000s)
Stephen Bird				875	250%	89.80%	786
Jason Windsor1	9.42%	26.5%	35.92%	130	150%	53.88%	70
Stephanie Bruce2				192	150%	53.88%	103

Jason Windsor was appointedto the Board effective23 October 2023. The salary received in year and total 2023 annual bonus awarded valueis prorated to reflect the proportion of the 2023 performance year for which he served at abrdn. For further information, see pages 121 to 127 of the ARA 2023.

Stephanie Bruce stepped down from the Board effective11 May2023. The salary received in year and total 2023 annual bonus awardedvalue is prorated to reflect the proportion of the 2023 performance year for which she served at abrdn. For further information, see pages 121 to 126 of the ARA 2023.

2021-2023 LTIP outcome

The performance period for the 2021-2023 LTIP concluded on 31 December 2023. Performance was assessed against two measures: Adjusted Diluted Capital Generation per share (CAGR) and Relative TSR performance. The performance for the Adjusted Diluted Capital Generation per share (CAGR)metric fell between threshold and target and, therefore, the overall award will vest at 18.75%. Detailof the performance assessment for the 2021-2023 LTIP can be found on page 123 of the ARA 2023.

Total remuneration outcomes in 2023

The chart below shows the remuneration outcomes for the CEO in 2023 based on performance compared to the maximum opportunity.

All figures in £000s

At a glance – 2024 Policy implementation

Remuneration continued

At a glance – 2023 remuneration outcomes

% AUM above benchmark average of three-year for all asset classes.

Financial metrics (minimum 65%)

performance conditions can be found on pages 121 to 123 of the ARA 2023.

Non-financial metrics (maximum 35%)

9.42% 26.5% 35.92%

Excl. cash/liquidity and Insurance.

2021-2023 LTIP outcome

Total remuneration outcomes in 2023

Stephen Bird

2023.

opportunity.

2023 annual bonus scorecard outcome

Outcome of performance measures ending in the financial year

The following charts show performance against the target range for the annual bonus and commentary on the 2021-2023 LTIP.

Further detail on the assessment of the performance conditions can be found on pages 121 to 123 of the ARA 2023.

The following table sets out the final outcome for the 2023 annual bonus. A detailed breakdown ofthe assessment of

Board approved outcome (% of maximum)

the proportion of the 2023 performance year for which he served at abrdn. For further information, see pages 121 to 127 of the ARA 2023.

the proportion of the 2023 performance year for which she served at abrdn. For further information, see pages 121 to 126 of the ARA 2023.

Bonus Scorecard Outcome Total Bonus Outcome

Jason Windsor1 130 150% 53.88% 70 Stephanie Bruce2 192 150% 53.88% 103 Jason Windsor was appointedto the Board effective23 October 2023. The salary received in year and total 2023 annual bonus awarded valueis prorated to reflect

Stephanie Bruce stepped down from the Board effective11 May2023. The salary received in year and total 2023 annual bonus awardedvalue is prorated to reflect

The chart below shows the remuneration outcomes for the CEO in 2023 based on performance compared to the maximum

Salary received in year (£000s)

Maximum opportunity (% of salary)

Total award (% of salary)

875 250% 89.80% 786

Total award (£000s) This section sets out how we propose to implement our Policy in 2024. The full Policy, which remains unchanged for 2024 from the Policy approved by shareholders at the 2023 AGM, including detail on how it addresses the principles as set out in the 2018 Corporate Governance Code, can be foundin the 2022 Annual report and accountson pages 120 – 130.

Element of remuneration	Key features of operation	2024 implementation
Salary
Core reward for	Normally reviewed annually, taking into account a range of	Stephen Bird: £875,000
undertaking the role	internal and external factors.	Jason Windsor: £675,000
Pension
Competitive	Aligned to the current maximum employer contribution	Stephen Bird: 18% of salary
retirement benefit	available to the UK wider workforce (18% of salary).	Jason Windsor18% of salary
Benefits
Competitive benefits	Includes (i) private healthcare; (ii) death in service protection (iii) income protection (iv) reimbursement of membership fees of professional bodies; and (v) eligibility for the all-employee share plan.	No changeto benefits provision
Annual bonus
To reward the delivery	Annual performance assessed against a range of key financial	No change to quantum
of the Company's	and non-financial measures. At least 65% willbe based on	Stephen Bird: 250% of salary
business plan	financial measures. At least 50% will be deferredinto shares	Jason Windsor: 150% of salary
	vesting in equal tranches over a three-year period.	See below for 2024
	Awards are subject to malus and clawback terms.	performance conditions
Long-term incentive plan
To align with our	Awards are subject to a three-year performance period, with	No change to quantum
shareholders and	a subsequent two-year holding period. Dividend equivalents	Stephen Bird: 350% of salary
reward the delivery of	accrue over the performance and holding period.	Jason Windsor: 225% of salary
long-term growth	Awards are subject to two equally weighted performance	2024 performance metrics are
	metrics linked to long-term strategic priorities and the creation	set out below
	of long-term shareholder value. Awards are subject to malus and clawback terms.

Shareholding requirements	Executive Directors are required to build up a substantial interest in Company shares. The share ownership policy for	Stephen Bird: 350% of salary Jason Windsor: 225% of salary
	executive Directors requires shares up to the value of the
	shareholding requirement to be held for a period of two years
	following departure from the Board.

Financial (65% weighting)	Investment performance (15%), Adjusted operating profit (35%) and Net flows (15%)
Non-financial (35% weighting)	Performance against Customer (10%) and ESG objectives (incorporating people engagement and diversity metrics,and environmental measures) (15%) and progress onakey strategic initiative (10%)

Due to commercial sensitivity, actual targets and ranges will be disclosed at the end of the performance period. The Remuneration Committee retains an appropriate level of flexibility to apply discretion to ensure that remuneration outcomes reflect a holistic view of overall performance, including conduct and culture.

Performance conditions for 2024 Long-term incentive plan

	Target range1
Net Capital Generation per share (50% weighting)2	15% -25% CAGR
Relative TSR (50% weighting)3	Equal to median – equal to upper quartile

Straight line vesting occurs between threshold and maximum. 25% vesting for threshold performance.

See the Remuneration Committee Chair's letter on page 87 for an explanation of the Net Capital Generation per share (CAGR) metric.

The peer group is made up of the following global asset management peers: AJ Bell, Alliance Bernstein, Amundi, Ashmore Group, DWS Group, Hargreaves Lansdown, IntegraFin Holdings, Janus Henderson Group, Jupiter Fund Management, Liontrust Asset Management, M&G, Ninety One, Quilter, Rathbones Group, Schroders and St James's Place.

Remuneration continued

Single total figure of remuneration – executive Directors (audited)

The following table sets out the single total figure of remuneration for each of the individuals who served as an executive Director at any time during the financial year ending 31 December 2023:

Executive Directors		Basic salary for year £000s	Taxable benefits in year £000s1	Pension allowance paid in year £000s	Bonus paid in cash £000s	Bonus deferred £000s2	LTIP with period ending in the year £000s3	2019 EIP £000s	Buyout Awards £000s	Total for the year £000s	Total fixed £000s	Total variable £000s
Stephen Bird	2023	875	1	158	393	393	323	-	-	2,143	1,034	1,109
	2022	875	1	158	331	331	-	-	-	1,696	1,034	662
Jason Windsor4	2023	130	-	23	35	35	4	-	712	939	153	786
Stephanie Bruce5	2023	192	-	34	51.5	51.5	-6	-	-	329	226	103
	2022	538	1	97	122	122	791	(139)	-	1,532	636	896

This includes the taxable value of all benefits paid in respect of the relevant year. Included for 2023 are medical premiums at a cost to the group of £606per annumfor executive Directors.

This represents 50% of the total bonus award and is delivered in shares which will vest in equal tranches over a three-year period.

The values reported for 2023 are the market values of the LTIP awards that will vest, at 18.75% of maximum, based on the three-year performance measurement period ending on 31 December 2023. The share price at the date of vesting is not known at the date of publicationof this report. Therefore, the number of abrdn plc shares that will vest (excluding dividend equivalent shares accrued) has been multiplied by the average share price over the quarter ending 31 December 2023 (166.52pence). This amount will be restated in the 2024Annual report and accounts once the share price atdate of vesting is known.

Jason Windsor was appointed to the Board effective23 October 2023. All figures reflect amounts paid/awarded since the date of appointment. The value of buyout awards above represents the buyout awards granted without performance conditions. The value of the LTIP with period ending in the year relates to the proportion of his 2021 Long-Term Incentive Buyout award subject to abrdn performance conditions. For further information, see pages 126 and 127of the ARA 2023.

Stephanie Bruce stepped down from the Board effective 11 May 2023. All figures reflect amounts paid/awardeduntil this point. See pages 123 and 124of the ARA 2023 for further information on payments made to StephanieBruceas a past director.

Details of the 2021-2023 LTIP outturn for Stephanie Bruce arepresented on page 124of the ARA 2023.

Single total figure of remuneration – non-executive Directors (audited)

The following table sets out the single total figure of remuneration for each of the non-executive Directors who served as a Director at any time during the financial year ending 31 December 2023. Non-executive Directors do not participate in bonus or long-term incentive plans and do not receive pension funding.

Non-executive Directors		Fees for year ended 31 December £000s	Taxable benefits in year ended 31 December £000s	Total remuneration for the year ended 31 December £000s
Sir Douglas Flint1	2023	475	-	475
	2022	475	-	475
Jonathan Asquith	2023	139	-	139
	2022	139	–	139
Catherine Bradley2	2023	131	-	131
	2022	109	-	109
John Devine	2023	131	-	131
	2022	131	-	131
Hannah Grove3	2023	159	-	159
	2022	126	-	126
Pam Kaur4	2023	109	-	109
	2022	63	-	63
Brian McBride5	2023	33	-	33
	2022	105	-	105
Michael O'Brien4	2023	109	-	109
	2022	63	-	63
Cathleen Raffaeli6	2023	166	-	166
	2022	164	–	164

Sir Douglas Flint is eligible for life assurance of 4x his annual fee. This is a non-taxable benefit.

Catherine Bradley was appointed to the Board effective 4 January 2022, appointed to the Nomination and Governance Committee and as Chair of the Audit Committee effective 18 May 2022 and appointed to the Risk and Capital Committee effective 1 October 2022.

The subsidiary Board fees for a member of the Standard Life Savings Limited and Elevate Portfolio Services Limited Boards increased from £37,500 to £50,000 p.a. effective 1 August 2023. Total fees include subsidiary Board fees of £50,000 p.a. (previously £37,500 p.a.) as a member of the Standard Life Savings Limited and Elevate Portfolio Services Limited Boards and Board Employee Engagement fee of £15,000 p.a. Hannah Grove was also appointed to the Remuneration Committee effective 1 October 2022.

Pam Kaur and Michael O'Brien were appointed to the Board and the Audit and Risk and Capital Committees effective 1 June 2022.

Brian McBride stepped down from the Board effective 10 May 2023.

The subsidiary Board fees as Chair of the Standard Life Savings Limited and Elevate Portfolio Services Limited Boards increased from £55,000 p.a. to £60,000 p.a. effective 1 August 2023.Total fees include subsidiary Board fees of £60,000 p.a. (previously £55,000 p.a.) as Chair of the Standard Life Savings Limited and Elevate Portfolio Services Limited Boards.

Consolidated financial information

Consolidated income statement

Remuneration continued

annumfor executive Directors.

Executive Directors

Jason Windsor4

Stephanie Bruce5

known.

the ARA 2023.

Non-executive Directors

Single total figure of remuneration – executive Directors (audited)

Director at any time during the financial year ending 31 December 2023:

ARA 2023 for further information on payments made to StephanieBruceas a past director.

bonus or long-term incentive plans and do not receive pension funding.

Sir Douglas Flint is eligible for life assurance of 4x his annual fee. This is a non-taxable benefit.

May 2022 and appointed to the Risk and Capital Committee effective 1 October 2022.

Brian McBride stepped down from the Board effective 10 May 2023.

Details of the 2021-2023 LTIP outturn for Stephanie Bruce arepresented on page 124of the ARA 2023.

Single total figure of remuneration – non-executive Directors (audited)

Pension allowance paid in year £000s

Taxable benefits in year £000s1

Basic salary for year £000s

The following table sets out the single total figure of remuneration for each of the individuals who served as an executive

Bonus deferred £000s²

Stephen Bird 2023 875 1 158 393 393 323 - - 2,143 1,034 1,109

This includes the taxable value of all benefits paid in respect of the relevant year. Included for 2023 are medical premiums at a cost to the group of £606per

Stephanie Bruce stepped down from the Board effective 11 May 2023. All figures reflect amounts paid/awardeduntil this point. See pages 123 and 124of the

Sir Douglas Flint1 2023 475 - 475

Jonathan Asquith 2023 139 - 139

Catherine Bradley2 2023 131 - 131

John Devine 2023 131 - 131

Hannah Grove3 2023 159 - 159

Pam Kaur4 2023 109 - 109

Brian McBride5 2023 33 - 33

Michael O'Brien4 2023 109 - 109

Cathleen Raffaeli6 2023 166 - 166

Catherine Bradley was appointed to the Board effective 4 January 2022, appointed to the Nomination and Governance Committee and as Chair of the Audit Committee effective 18

Employee Engagement fee of £15,000 p.a. Hannah Grove was also appointed to the Remuneration Committee effective 1 October 2022. Pam Kaur and Michael O'Brien were appointed to the Board and the Audit and Risk and Capital Committees effective 1 June 2022.

Fees for year ended 31 December £000s

LTIP with period ending in the year £000s³

2022 875 1 158 331 331 - - - 1,696 1,034 662

2023 130 - 23 35 35 4 - 712 939 153 786

2023 192 - 34 51.5 51.5 -6 - - 329 226 103 2022 538 1 97 122 122 791 (139) - 1,532 636 896

2019 EIP £000s

Buyout Awards £000s

Taxable benefits in year ended 31 December £000s

2022 475 - 475

2022 139 – 139

2022 109 - 109

2022 131 - 131

2022 126 - 126

2022 63 - 63

2022 105 - 105

2022 63 - 63

2022 164 – 164

Total for the year £000s

Total fixed £000s

Total remuneration for the year ended 31 December £000s

Total variable £000s

Bonus paid in cash £000s

This represents 50% of the total bonus award and is delivered in shares which will vest in equal tranches over a three-year period.

For the year ended 31 December 2023

	2023	2022
	£m	restated1 £m
Revenue from contracts with customers	1,474	1,538
Cost of sales	(76)	(82)
Net operating revenue	1,398	1,456
Restructuring and corporate transaction expenses	(152)	(214)
Impairment of intangibles acquired in business combinations and through the
purchase of customer contracts	(63)	(369)
Amortisation of intangibles acquired in business combinations and through the
purchase of customer contracts	(126)	(125)
Staff costs and other employee-related costs	(529)	(549)
Other administrative expenses	(593)	(662)
Total administrative and other expenses	(1,463)	(1,919)

Net gains or losses on financial instruments and other income
Fair value movements and dividend income on significant listed investments	(114)	(119)
Other net gains or losses on financial instruments and other income	116	(3)
Total net gains or losses on financial instruments and other income	2	(122)
Finance costs	(25)	(29)
Profit on disposal of subsidiaries and other operations	79	-
Profit on disposal of interests in associates	–	6
Reversal of impairment/(impairment) of interests in associates and joint ventures	2	(9)
Share of profit or loss from associates and joint ventures	1	5
Loss before tax	(6)	(612)
Tax credit	18	66
Profit/(loss) for the year	12	(546)
Attributable to:
Equity shareholders of abrdn plc	1	(558)
Other equity holders	11	11
Non-controlling interests –ordinary shares	–	1
	12	(546)
Earnings per share
Basic (pence per share)	0.1	(26.6)
Diluted (pence per share)	0.1	(26.6)

Comparatives for 2022 have been restated for the implementation of IFRS 17. Refer Basis of preparationin the Group financial statements section of the ARA 2023.

Consolidated statement of financial position

As at 31 December 2023

	2023	2022
		restated1
	£m	£m
Assets
Intangible assets	1,578	1,619
Pension and other post-retirement benefit assets	740	831
Investments in associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method	229	232
Property, plant and equipment	163	201
Deferred tax assets	215	212
Financial investments	2,047	2,939
Receivables and other financial assets	1,071	907
Current tax recoverable	10	7
Other assets	77	92
Assets of operations held for sale	19	87
Cash and cash equivalents	1,196	1,133
	7,345	8,260
Assets backing unit linked liabilities
Financial investments	669	924
Receivables and other unit linked assets	4	5
Cash and cash equivalents	13	23
	686	952
Total assets	8,031	9,212

	2023	2022
	£m	restated1 £m
Liabilities
Third party interest in consolidated funds	187	242
Subordinated liabilities	599	621
Pension and other post-retirement benefit provisions	12	12
Deferred tax liabilities	129	211
Current tax liabilities	6	11
Derivative financial liabilities	9	1
Other financial liabilities2	1,241	1,201
Provisions	66	97
Other liabilities	4	8
Liabilities of operations held for sale	2	14
	2,255	2,418
Unit linked liabilities
Investment contract liabilities	684	773
Third party interest in consolidated funds	–	173
Other unit linked liabilities	2	6
	686	952
Total liabilities	2,941	3,370
Equity
Share capital	257	280
Shares held by trusts	(141)	(149)
Share premium reserve	640	640
Retained earnings	4,449	4,986
Other reserves	(327)	(129)
Equity attributable to equity shareholders of abrdnplc	4,878	5,628
Other equity	207	207
Non-controlling interests - ordinary shares	5	7
Total equity	5,090	5,842
Total equity and liabilities	8,031	9,212

Comparatives for 2022 have been restated for the implementation of IFRS 17. Refer Basis of preparationin the Group financial statements sectionof the ARA 2023.
The Group has made a presentational change to show Deferred income within Other financial liabilities. Refer Note 32of the ARA 2023.

Approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by the following Directors:

Sir Douglas Flint Jason Windsor Chairman

2023 2022

£m £m

7,345 8,260

686 952

restated¹

Consolidated financial information continued

As at 31 December 2023

Assets backing unit linked liabilities

Assets

Consolidated statement of financial position

Intangible assets 1,578 1,619 Pension and other post-retirement benefit assets 740 831 Investments in associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method 229 232 Property, plant and equipment 163 201 Deferred tax assets 215 212 Financial investments 2,047 2,939 Receivables and other financial assets 1,071 907 Current tax recoverable 10 7 Other assets 77 92 Assets of operations held for sale 19 87 Cash and cash equivalents 1,196 1,133

Financial investments 669 924 Receivables and other unit linked assets 4 5 Cash and cash equivalents 13 23

Total assets 8,031 9,212

26 February 2024

Chief Financial Officer

26 February 2024

**ORVVDU*

\$GMXVWHGFDSLWDOJHQHUDWLRQ

\$GMXVWHGFDSLWDOJHQHUDWLRQLVSDUWRIWKHDQDO\VLVRI PRYHPHQWVLQ,)35 UHJXODWRU\FDSLWDO\$GMXVWHGFDSLWDO JHQHUDWLRQLVFDOFXODWHGDVDGMXVWHGSURILWDIWHUWD[OHVV UHWXUQVUHODWLQJWRSHQVLRQVFKHPHVLQVXUSOXV DQGLQWHUHVW SDLGRQRWKHUHTXLW\ ZKLFKGRQRWEHQHILWUHJXODWRU\ FDSLWDO,WDOVRLQFOXGHVGLYLGHQGVIURPDVVRFLDWHVMRLQW YHQWXUHVDQGVLJQLILFDQWOLVWHGLQYHVWPHQWV

\$GMXVWHGQHWILQDQFLQJFRVWVDQGLQYHVWPHQW UHWXUQ

\$GMXVWHGQHWILQDQFLQJFRVWVDQGLQYHVWPHQWUHWXUQLVD FRPSRQHQWRIDGMXVWHGSURILWDQGUHODWHVWRWKHUHWXUQ IURPWKHQHWDVVHWVRIWKHVKDUHKROGHUEXVLQHVVQHWRI FRVWVRIILQDQFLQJ7KLVLQFOXGHVWKHQHWDVVHWVLQGHILQHG EHQHILWVWDIISHQVLRQSODQVDQGQHWDVVHWVUHODWLQJWRWKH ILQDQFLQJRIVXERUGLQDWHGOLDELOLWLHV

\$GMXVWHGRSHUDWLQJH[SHQVHV

\$GMXVWHGRSHUDWLQJH[SHQVHVLVDFRPSRQHQWRIDGMXVWHG RSHUDWLQJSURILWDQGUHODWHVWRWKHGD\WRGD\H[SHQVHVRI PDQDJLQJRXUEXVLQHVV

\$GMXVWHGRSHUDWLQJSURILW

\$GMXVWHGoperating profit before tax is the Group's key \$30\$GMXVWHGRSHUDWLQJSURILWLQFOXGHVWKHUHVXOWVRIWKH Group's three EXVLQHVVHV,QYHVWPHQWV\$GYLVHUDQGLL DORQJZLWK2WKHUEXVLQHVVDQGFRUSRUDWHFRVWV

It excludes the Group's adjusted net financing costs and LQYHVWPHQWUHWXUQ

\$GMXVWHGRSHUDWLQJSURILWDOVRH[FOXGHVWKHLPSDFWRIWKH IROORZLQJLWHPV

5HVWUXFWXULQJDQGFRUSRUDWHWUDQVDFWLRQH[SHQVHV 5HVWUXFWXULQJLQFOXGHVWKHLPSDFWRIPDMRUUHJXODWRU\ FKDQJH
\$PRUWLVDWLRQDQGLPSDLUPHQWRILQWDQJLEOHDVVHWV DFTXLUHGLQEXVLQHVVFRPELQDWLRQVDQGWKURXJKWKH SXUFKDVHRIFXVWRPHUFRQWUDFWV
3URILWRUORVVDULVLQJRQWKHGLVSRVDORIDVXEVLGLDU\MRLQW YHQWXUHRUHTXLW\DFFRXQWHGDVVRFLDWH
&KDQJHLQIDLUYDOXHRIGLYLGHQGVIURPVLJQLILFDQWOLVWHG LQYHVWPHQWV
6KDUHRISURILWRUORVVIURPDVVRFLDWHVDQGMRLQW YHQWXUHV
,PSDLUPHQWORVVUHYHUVDORILPSDLUPHQWORVV UHFRJQLVHGRQLQYHVWPHQWVLQDVVRFLDWHVDQGMRLQW YHQWXUHVDFFRXQWHGIRUXVLQJWKHHTXLW\PHWKRG
)DLUYDOXHPRYHPHQWVLQFRQWLQJHQWFRQVLGHUDWLRQ
,WHPVZKLFKDUHRQHRIIDQGGXHWRWKHLUVL]HRUQDWXUH DUHQRWLQGLFDWLYHRIWKHORQJWHUPRSHUDWLQJ SHUIRUPDQFHRIWKH*URXS

\$GMXVWHGSURILWEHIRUHWD[

,QDGGLWLRQWRWKHUHVXOWVLQFOXGHGLQDGMXVWHGRSHUDWLQJ SURILWDERYHDGMXVWHGSURILWEHIRUHWD[LQFOXGHVDGMXVWHG QHWILQDQFLQJFRVWVDQGLQYHVWPHQWUHWXUQ

\$VVHWVXQGHUPDQDJHPHQWDQGDGPLQLVWUDWLRQ \$80\$

\$80\$LVDPHDVXUHRIWKHWRWDODVVHWVZHPDQDJH DGPLQLVWHURUDGYLVHRQEHKDOIRIRXUFOLHQWV,WLQFOXGHV DVVHWVXQGHUPDQDJHPHQW\$80DVVHWVXQGHU DGPLQLVWUDWLRQ\$8\$DQGDVVHWVXQGHUDGYLFH\$8\$GY \$80\$GRHVQRWLQFOXGHDVVHWVIRUDVVRFLDWHVDQGMRLQW YHQWXUHV

\$80LVDPHDVXUHRIWKHWRWDODVVHWVWKDWZHPDQDJHRQ EHKDOIRILQGLYLGXDODQGLQVWLWXWLRQDOFOLHQWV\$80DOVR LQFOXGHVDVVHWVPDQDJHGIRUFRUSRUDWHSXUSRVHV

\$8\$LVDPHDVXUHRIWKHWRWDODVVHWVZHDGPLQLVWHUIRU FOLHQWVWKURXJKRXU3ODWIRUPV

\$8\$GYLVDPHDVXUHRIWKHWRWDODVVHWVZHDGYLVHRXU FOLHQWVRQIRUZKLFKWKHUHLVDQRQJRLQJFKDUJH

%RDUG

7KH%RDUGRI'LUHFWRUVRIWKH&RPSDQ\

&DUERQLQWHQVLW

:HLJKWHG\$YHUDJH&DUERQ,QWHQVLW\:\$&,LVFDOFXODWHG by summing the product of each company's weight in the SRUWIROLRRUORDQERRNZLWKWKDWFRPSDQ\'VFDUERQWR UHYHQXHLQWHQVLW\&DUERQWRUHYHQXHLQWHQVLW\LV FDOFXODWHGE\GLYLGLQJWKHVXPRIDOODSSRUWLRQHG HPLVVLRQVZLWKWKHVXPRIDOODSSRUWLRQHGUHYHQXHVDFURVV DQLQYHVWPHQWSRUWIROLRRUORDQERRN7KLVPHWULFJLYHVDQ LQGLFDWLRQRIKRZHIILFLHQWFRPSDQLHVLQDSRUWIROLRRUORDQ ERRNDUHDWJHQHUDWLQJUHYHQXHVSHUWRQQHRIFDUERQ HPLWWHG

&DUERQRIIVHWWLQJ

&DUERQRIIVHWWLQJLVDQLQWHUQDWLRQDOO\UHFRJQLVHGZD\WR WDNHUHVSRQVLELOLW\IRUFDUERQHPLVVLRQV7KHDLPRIFDUERQ RIIVHWWLQJLVWKDWIRUHYHU\RQHWRQQHRIRIIVHWVSXUFKDVHG WKHUHZLOOEHRQHOHVVWRQQHRIFDUERQGLR[LGHLQWKH DWPRVSKHUHWKDQWKHUHZRXOGRWKHUZLVHKDYHEHHQ7R RIIVHWHPLVVLRQVZHSXUFKDVHWKHHTXLYDOHQWYROXPHRI FDUERQFUHGLWVLQGHSHQGHQWO\YHULILHGHPLVVLRQV UHGXFWLRQVWRFRPSHQVDWHIRURXURSHUDWLRQDOFDUERQ HPLVVLRQV:HKDYHEHHQUHYLHZLQJRXUXVHRIRIIVHWWLQJ DQGDOWKRXJKZH FRQWLQXHWRXVHRIIVHWVDVDPHDQVRI DGGUHVVLQJRXUUHVLGXDOHPLVVLRQVRXUSULPHREMHFWLYHLV DOZD\VWRUHGXFHRXUHQYLURQPHQWDOLPSDFWEHIRUH FRPSHQVDWLQJIRULW

&KLHI2SHUDWLQJ'HFLVLRQ0DNHU

7KHH[HFXWLYHOHDGHUVKLSWHDP

&RPSDQ

DEUGQSOF

&RVWLQFRPHUDWLR

7KLVLVDQHIILFLHQF\PHDVXUHWKDWLVFDOFXODWHGDVDGMXVWHG RSHUDWLQJH[SHQVHVGLYLGHGE\QHWRSHUDWLQJUHYHQXH

'LUHFWRU

\$GLUHFWRURIWKH&RPSDQ\

3HUVRQDOKDVEHHQUHQDPHGLLDQGLQFOXGHV3HUVRQDO:HDOWKXQOHVVRWKHUZLVHVWDWHG

(DUQLQJVSHUVKDUH(36

**ORVVDU*

UHWXUQ

\$GMXVWHGFDSLWDOJHQHUDWLRQ

YHQWXUHVDQGVLJQLILFDQWOLVWHGLQYHVWPHQWV

ILQDQFLQJRIVXERUGLQDWHGOLDELOLWLHV

\$GMXVWHGRSHUDWLQJH[SHQVHV

PDQDJLQJRXUEXVLQHVV

LQYHVWPHQWUHWXUQ

IROORZLQJLWHPV

FKDQJH

LQYHVWPHQWV

YHQWXUHV

\$GMXVWHGRSHUDWLQJSURILW

\$VVHWVXQGHUPDQDJHPHQWDQGDGPLQLVWUDWLRQ

\$80LVDPHDVXUHRIWKHWRWDODVVHWVWKDWZHPDQDJHRQ EHKDOIRILQGLYLGXDODQGLQVWLWXWLRQDOFOLHQWV\$80DOVR LQFOXGHVDVVHWVPDQDJHGIRUFRUSRUDWHSXUSRVHV

\$8\$LVDPHDVXUHRIWKHWRWDODVVHWVZHDGPLQLVWHUIRU

\$8\$GYLVDPHDVXUHRIWKHWRWDODVVHWVZHDGYLVHRXU FOLHQWVRQIRUZKLFKWKHUHLVDQRQJRLQJFKDUJH

HPLVVLRQVZLWKWKHVXPRIDOODSSRUWLRQHGUHYHQXHVDFURVV DQLQYHVWPHQWSRUWIROLRRUORDQERRN7KLVPHWULFJLYHVDQ LQGLFDWLRQRIKRZHIILFLHQWFRPSDQLHVLQDSRUWIROLRRUORDQ ERRNDUHDWJHQHUDWLQJUHYHQXHVSHUWRQQHRIFDUERQ

7KLVLVDQHIILFLHQF\PHDVXUHWKDWLVFDOFXODWHGDVDGMXVWHG RSHUDWLQJH[SHQVHVGLYLGHGE\QHWRSHUDWLQJUHYHQXH

7KH%RDUGRI'LUHFWRUVRIWKH&RPSDQ\

FOLHQWVWKURXJKRXU3ODWIRUPV

\$80\$

YHQWXUHV

%RDUG

HPLWWHG

*&DUERQLQWHQVLW*

&DUERQRIIVHWWLQJ

FRPSHQVDWLQJIRULW

&RVWLQFRPHUDWLR

\$GLUHFWRURIWKH&RPSDQ\

*&RPSDQ* DEUGQSOF

'LUHFWRU

&KLHI2SHUDWLQJ'HFLVLRQ0DNHU

7KHH[HFXWLYHOHDGHUVKLSWHDP

\$GMXVWHGQHWILQDQFLQJFRVWVDQGLQYHVWPHQW

\$GMXVWHGRSHUDWLQJH[SHQVHVLVDFRPSRQHQWRIDGMXVWHG RSHUDWLQJSURILWDQGUHODWHVWRWKHGD\WRGD\H[SHQVHVRI

\$GMXVWHGoperating profit before tax is the Group's key \$30\$GMXVWHGRSHUDWLQJSURILWLQFOXGHVWKHUHVXOWVRIWKH Group's three EXVLQHVVHV,QYHVWPHQWV\$GYLVHUDQGLL DORQJZLWK2WKHUEXVLQHVVDQGFRUSRUDWHFRVWV

It excludes the Group's adjusted net financing costs and

\$GMXVWHGRSHUDWLQJSURILWDOVRH[FOXGHVWKHLPSDFWRIWKH

– 5HVWUXFWXULQJDQGFRUSRUDWHWUDQVDFWLRQH[SHQVHV 5HVWUXFWXULQJLQFOXGHVWKHLPSDFWRIPDMRUUHJXODWRU\

– \$PRUWLVDWLRQDQGLPSDLUPHQWRILQWDQJLEOHDVVHWV DFTXLUHGLQEXVLQHVVFRPELQDWLRQVDQGWKURXJKWKH

– 3URILWRUORVVDULVLQJRQWKHGLVSRVDORIDVXEVLGLDU\MRLQW

– &KDQJHLQIDLUYDOXHRIGLYLGHQGVIURPVLJQLILFDQWOLVWHG

UHFRJQLVHGRQLQYHVWPHQWVLQDVVRFLDWHVDQGMRLQW YHQWXUHVDFFRXQWHGIRUXVLQJWKHHTXLW\PHWKRG – )DLUYDOXHPRYHPHQWVLQFRQWLQJHQWFRQVLGHUDWLRQ – ,WHPVZKLFKDUHRQHRIIDQGGXHWRWKHLUVL]HRUQDWXUH DUHQRWLQGLFDWLYHRIWKHORQJWHUPRSHUDWLQJ

,QDGGLWLRQWRWKHUHVXOWVLQFOXGHGLQDGMXVWHGRSHUDWLQJ SURILWDERYHDGMXVWHGSURILWEHIRUHWD[LQFOXGHVDGMXVWHG

SXUFKDVHRIFXVWRPHUFRQWUDFWV

SHUIRUPDQFHRIWKH*URXS

\$GMXVWHGSURILWEHIRUHWD[

QHWILQDQFLQJFRVWVDQGLQYHVWPHQWUHWXUQ

YHQWXUHRUHTXLW\DFFRXQWHGDVVRFLDWH

– 6KDUHRISURILWRUORVVIURPDVVRFLDWHVDQGMRLQW

– ,PSDLUPHQWORVVUHYHUVDORILPSDLUPHQWORVV

3HUVRQDOKDVEHHQUHQDPHGLLDQGLQFOXGHV3HUVRQDO:HDOWKXQOHVVRWKHUZLVHVWDWHG

(36LVDFRPPRQO\XVHGILQDQFLDOPHWULFZKLFKFDQEH XVHGWRPHDVXUHWKHSURILWDELOLW\DQGVWUHQJWKRID FRPSDQ\RYHUWLPH(36LVFDOFXODWHGE\GLYLGLQJSURILWE\ WKHQXPEHURIRUGLQDU\VKDUHV%DVLF(36XVHVWKH ZHLJKWHGDYHUDJHQXPEHURIRUGLQDU\VKDUHV RXWVWDQGLQJ GXULQJWKH\HDU'LOXWHG(36DGMXVWVWKHZHLJKWHGDYHUDJH QXPEHURIRUGLQDU\VKDUHVRXWVWDQGLQJWRDVVXPH FRQYHUVLRQRIDOOGLOXWLYHSRWHQWLDORUGLQDU\VKDUHVVXFKDV VKDUHRSWLRQVDZDUGHGWRHPSOR\HHV

(IIHFWLYHWD[UDWH

Tax expense/(credit) attributable to equity holders' profit divided by profit before tax attributable to equity holders' SURILWVH[SUHVVHGDVDSHUFHQWDJH

([HFXWLYHOHDGHUVKLSWHDP(/7

2XU(/7OHDGVDFURVVRXUEXVLQHVVHVDQGVXSSRUWLQJ IXQFWLRQVJOREDOO\DQGLVUHVSRQVLEOHIRUH[HFXWLQJDQG PRQLWRULQJSURJUHVVRQWKHGHOLYHU\RIRXUEXVLQHVVSODQV 7KH(/7DOVRHQVXUHVZHPHHWRXUREOLJDWLRQVWRRXU FOLHQWVSHRSOHVKDUHKROGHUVUHJXODWRUVDQGSDUWQHUV

)DLUYDOXHWKURXJKSURILWRUORVV)973/

)973/LVDQ,)56PHDVXUHPHQWEDVLVSHUPLWWHGIRUDVVHWV DQGOLDELOLWLHVZKLFKPHHWFHUWDLQFULWHULD*DLQVRUORVVHVRQ DVVHWVRUOLDELOLWLHVPHDVXUHGDW)973/DUHUHFRJQLVHG GLUHFWO\LQWKHLQFRPHVWDWHPHQW

)&\$

)LQDQFLDO&RQGXFW\$XWKRULW\RIWKH8QLWHG.LQJGRP

*UHHQKRXVHJDVHV

*UHHQKRXVHJDVHVDUHWKHDWPRVSKHULFJDVHVUHVSRQVLEOH IRUFDXVLQJJOREDOZDUPLQJLHWKHJUHHQKRXVHHIIHFW DQGFOLPDWHFKDQJH7KHVHJDVHVERWKQDWXUDODQG DQWKURSRJHQLFLQRULJLQLQFOXGHFDUERQGLR[LGHPHWKDQH DQGQLWURXVR[LGH2WKHUJUHHQKRXVHJDVHVZKLFKDUHOHVV SUHYDOHQWEXWZLWKDJUHDWHU*OREDO:DUPLQJ3RWHQWLDO LQFOXGHK\GURIOXRURFDUERQV+)&VSHUIOXRURFDUERQV 3)&VDQGVXOSKXUKH[DIOXRULGH6)

*URXSRUDEUGQ

5HODWHVWRWKH&RPSDQ\DQGLWVVXEVLGLDULHV

,QWHUQDO&DSLWDO\$GHTXDF\DQG5LVN \$VVHVVPHQW,&\$5\$

7KH,&\$5\$LVWKHPHDQVE\ZKLFKWKH*URXSDVVHVVHVWKH OHYHOVRIFDSLWDODQGOLTXLGLW\WKDWDGHTXDWHO\VXSSRUWDOORI WKHUHOHYDQWFXUUHQWDQGIXWXUHULVNVLQLWVEXVLQHVV

,QWHUQDWLRQDO)LQDQFLDO5HSRUWLQJ6WDQGDUGV ,)56

,QWHUQDWLRQDO)LQDQFLDO5HSRUWLQJ6WDQGDUGVDUH DFFRXQWLQJVWDQGDUGVLVVXHGE\WKH,QWHUQDWLRQDO \$FFRXQWLQJ6WDQGDUGV%RDUG,\$6%

,QYHVWPHQW)LUPV3UXGHQWLDO5HJLPH,)35

The Investment Firms Prudential Regime is the FCA's new SUXGHQWLDOUHJLPHIRU0L),'LQYHVWPHQWILUPV7KHUHJLPH FDPHLQWRIRUFHRQ-DQXDU\

,QYHVWPHQWSHUIRUPDQFH

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

**/%*WUDQFKHZLWKGUDZDOV**

2Q-XO\WKH*URXSDQQRXQFHGWKDWLWKDGDJUHHG DILQDOVHWWOHPHQWLQUHODWLRQWRWKHDUELWUDWLRQSURFHHGLQJV between the parties concerning LBG's attempt to WHUPLQDWHLQYHVWPHQWPDQDJHPHQWDUUDQJHPHQWVXQGHU ZKLFKDVVHWVZHUHPDQDJHGE\PHPEHUVRIWKH*URXS IRU/%*HQWLWLHV,QLWVGHFLVLRQRI0DUFKWKHDUELWUDO WULEXQDOIRXQGWKDW/%*ZDVQRWHQWLWOHGWRWHUPLQDWHWKHVH LQYHVWPHQWPDQDJHPHQWFRQWUDFWV7KH*URXSKDG FRQWLQXHGWRPDQDJHDSSUR[LPDWHO\eEQDVDW -XQHRIDVVHWVXQGHUPDQDJHPHQW\$80IRU /%*HQWLWLHVGXULQJWKHSHULRGRIWKHGLVSXWH \$SSUR[LPDWHO\WZRWKLUGVRIWKHWRWDO\$80WKHWUDQVIHUULQJ \$80ZLOOEHWUDQVIHUUHGWRWKLUGSDUW\PDQDJHUV DSSRLQWHGE\/%*WKURXJKDVHULHVRISODQQHGWUDQFKHV IURP-XO\7KH*URXSFRQWLQXHGWREH UHPXQHUDWHGIRULWVVHUYLFHVLQUHODWLRQWRWKHWUDQVIHUULQJ \$80 XQWLOWKHILQDOWUDQFKHZLWKGUDZDOZDVFRPSOHWHGLQ +

0DUNHW'LVFORVXUH

7KLV,)35 GLVFORVXUHFRPSOHPHQWVWKH2ZQIXQGV UHTXLUHPHQWDQG2ZQIXQGVWKUHVKROGUHTXLUHPHQWZLWK WKHDLPRILPSURYLQJPDUNHWGLVFLSOLQHE\UHTXLULQJ FRPSDQLHVWRSXEOLVKFHUWDLQGHWDLOVRIWKHLUULVNVFDSLWDO DQGULVNPDQDJHPHQW5HOHYDQWGLVFORVXUHVDUHPDGHLQ WKHDEUGQSOFFRQVROLGDWHGDQQXDOUHSRUWDQGDFFRXQWV and in the accounts of the Group's individual IFPR UHJXODWHGHQWLWLHVDOORIZKLFKFDQEHIRXQGRQWKHDEUGQ plc Group's website.

1HWFDSLWDOJHQHUDWLRQ

1HWFDSLWDOJHQHUDWLRQLVFDOFXODWHGDVDGMXVWHGFDSLWDO JHQHUDWLRQOHVVUHVWUXFWXULQJDQGFRUSRUDWHWUDQVDFWLRQ H[SHQVHVQHWRIWD[

*ORVVDU\FRQWLQXHG

1HWIORZV

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

1HWRSHUDWLQJUHYHQXH

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

1HWRSHUDWLQJUHYHQXH\LHOGESV

7KHQHWRSHUDWLQJUHYHQXH\LHOGLVDPHDVXUHWKDW LOOXVWUDWHVWKHDYHUDJHPDUJLQEHLQJHDUQHGRQWKHDVVHWV WKDWZHPDQDJHDGPLQLVWHURUDGYLVHRXUFOLHQWVRQ H[FOXGLQJLQWHUDFWLYHLQYHVWRU,WLVFDOFXODWHGDVDQQXDOLVHG QHWRSHUDWLQJUHYHQXHH[FOXGLQJSHUIRUPDQFHIHHVLL DQGUHYHQXHIRUZKLFKWKHUHDUHQRDWWULEXWDEOHDVVHWV GLYLGHGE\PRQWKO\DYHUDJHIHHEDVHGDVVHWVLL LV H[FOXGHGIURPWKHFDOFXODWLRQRIQHWRSHUDWLQJUHYHQXH \LHOGDVIHHVFKDUJHGIRUWKLVEXVLQHVVDUHSULPDULO\IURP VXEVFULSWLRQVDQGWUDGLQJWUDQVDFWLRQV

1HW]HUR

,WLVJHQHUDOO\DFFHSWHGWKDWQHW]HURLVWKHWDUJHWRI FRPSOHWHO\QHJDWLQJWKHDPRXQWRIJUHHQKRXVHJDVHV SURGXFHGE\KXPDQDFWLYLW\WREHDFKLHYHGE\UHGXFLQJ HPLVVLRQVWRWKHORZHVWSRVVLEOHDPRXQWDQGRIIVHWWLQJ VHHFDUERQRIIVHWWLQJRQO\WKHUHPDLQGHUDVDODVWUHVRUW

1HW=HUR'LUHFWHG,QYHVWLQJ

1HW=HUR'LUHFWHG,QYHVWLQJPHDQVPRYLQJWRZDUGVWKH JRDORIQHW]HURLQWKHUHDOZRUOG QRWMXVWLQVSHFLILF LQYHVWPHQWSRUWIROLRV\$WDEUGQZHVHHNWRDFKLHYHWKLV JRDOWKURXJKDKROLVWLFVHWRIDFWLRQVLQFOXGLQJULJRURXV UHVHDUFKLQWRQHW]HURWUDMHFWRULHVGHYHORSLQJQHW]HUR GLUHFWHGLQYHVWPHQWVROXWLRQVDQGDFWLYHRZQHUVKLSWR LQIOXHQFHFRUSRUDWHVDQGSROLF\PDNHUV

2SHUDWLRQDOHPLVVLRQV

2SHUDWLRQDOHPLVVLRQVDUHWKHJUHHQKRXVHJDVHPLVVLRQV UHODWHGWRWKHRSHUDWLRQVRIRXUEXVLQHVV7KH\DUH FDWHJRULVHGLQWRWKUHHJURXSVRU'VFRSHV' LQDOLJQPHQWZLWK WKH*UHHQKRXVH*DV3URWRFRO &RUSRUDWH\$FFRXQWLQJDQG

5HODWHVWRLLH[FOXGLQJ3HUVRQDO:HDOWK

5HSRUWLQJ6WDQGDUG6FRSHFRYHUVGLUHFWHPLVVLRQVIURP RZQHGRUFRQWUROOHGVRXUFHV6FRSHFRYHUVLQGLUHFW HPLVVLRQVIURPWKHJHQHUDWLRQRISXUFKDVHGHOHFWULFLW\ VWHDPKHDWLQJDQGFRROLQJFRQVXPHGE\WKHUHSRUWLQJ FRPSDQ\6FRSHLQFOXGHVDOORWKHULQGLUHFWHPLVVLRQVWKDW RFFXULQDFompany's value chain. At abrdn we report on 6FRSHDQG6FRSHHPLVVLRQVDQGDVHOHFWLRQRI6FRSH FDWHJRULHVZKHUHGHHPHGPDWHULDOZKLFKLQFOXGHVRXU ZRUNLQJIURPKRPHHPLVVLRQV

Shareholder information

unsure if it is from us, you can send it to

Financial Conduct Authority website www.fca.org.uk/consumers/scams

have been reported yet.

alerts_portal

Financial calendar

[email protected] and we'll let you know.

You can also check the FCA warning list and warning from overseas regulators, however, please note that this is not an exhaustive list and do not assume that a firm is legitimate just because it does not appear on the list as fraudsters frequently change their name and it may not

www.fca.org.uk/consumers/unauthorised-firms-individuals

www.iosco.org/investor_protection/?subsection=investor_

You can find more information about share scams at the

If you are a certificated shareholder, your name and address may appear on a public register. Using a nominee company to hold your shares can help protect your privacy. You can transfer your shares into the Companysponsored nominee – the abrdn Share Account – by contacting Equiniti, or you could get in touch with your broker to find out about their nominee services. If you want

to limit the amount of unsolicited mail you receive generally, please visit www.mpsonline.org.uk

Full year results 2023 27 February

Ex-dividend date for 2023 final dividend 14 March

Record date for 2023 final dividend 15 March

Last date for DRIP elections for 2023 final dividend 10 April

Annual General Meeting – Edinburgh 24 April

Dividend payment date for 2023 final dividend 30 April

Half year results 2024 6 August

Ex-dividend date for 2024 interim dividend 15 August

Record date for 2024 interim dividend 16 August

interim dividend 4 September Dividend payment date for 2024 interim dividend 24 September

% of total

1-1,000 56,092 65.85 22,351,080 1.22 1,001-5,000 24,547 28.82 51,574,473 2.80 5,001-10,000 2,692 3.16 18,227,034 0.99 10,001-100,000 1,484 1.74 34,854,883 1.89 #100,001+ 369 0.43 1,713,732,894 93.10 Total 85,184 100.00 1,840,740,364 100.00 # These figures include the Company-sponsored nominee – the abrdn Share Account – which had 872,299participants holding629,199,041

holders Number of shares

% of total shares

Last date for DRIP elections for 2024

31 December 2023

Range of shares

shares.

Analysis of registered shareholdings at

Number of holders

Company registration number: SC286832

Brokers: JP Morgan Cazenove, Goldman Sachs

We offer a wide range of shareholder services. For more

– Contact our registrar, Equiniti, who manage this service for us. Theirfulldetails can be found on the inside back

A Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRIP) is provided by Equiniti

– You'll receive an email when documents like the annual report and accounts, Half year results and AGM guide

– Voting instructions for the Annual General Meeting will

To find out how to sign up, visit www.abrdnshares.com

scammers posing as government bodies e.g. HMRC, FCA. Frauds are becoming much more sophisticated and may use real company branding, the names of real employees

fraudulent 'investment specialists', clone firms or

or email addresses that appear to come from the company. If you get a social or email message andyou're

– For shareholder services call: +44 (0)371 384 2464* – Visit our share portal at www.abrdnshares.com * Calls are monitored/recorded to meet regulatory obligations and for

training and quality purposes. Call charges will vary.

shares. More information can be found at

Sign up for Ecommunications

are available on our website.

be sent to you electronically.

Set up a share portal account

Preventing unsolicited mail

Having a share portal account means you can: – Manage your account at a time that suits you. – Download your documents when you need them.

Financial Services Limited. The DRIP enables the Company's shareholders to elect to have their cash dividend payments used to purchase the Company's

Registered office 1 George Street Edinburgh EH2 2LL Scotland

Registrar: Equiniti

Auditors: KPMG LLP

Shareholder services

information, please:

www.abrdnshares.com

Signing up means:

cover.

Secretary: Julian Baddeley

Solicitors: Slaughter and May

2ZQ)XQGV 5HTXLUHPHQW

8QGHU,)35WKH2ZQ)XQGV5HTXLUHPHQWLVWKHKLJKHURI WKHSHUPDQHQWPLQLPXPFDSLWDOUHTXLUHPHQWWKHIL[HG RYHUKHDGUHTXLUHPHQWVDQGWKH.IDFWRUUHTXLUHPHQW 7KH.IDFWRUUHTXLUHPHQWLVWKHVXPRI5LVNWR&OLHQW 5LVNWR0DUNHWDQG5LVNWR)LUP.IDFWRUV

2ZQ)XQGV7KUHVKROG5HTXLUHPHQW

8QGHU,)35WKH2ZQ)XQGV7KUHVKROG5HTXLUHPHQWLVWKH KLJKHURI2ZQIXQGVUHTXLUHGRQDQRQJRLQJEDVLVDQG 2ZQIXQGVUHTXLUHGRQDZLQGGRZQEDVLV7KHILUP LGHQWLILHVDQGPHDVXUHVULVNVRIKDUPDQGGHWHUPLQHVWKH GHJUHHWRZKLFKV\VWHPVDQGFRQWUROVDORQHPLWLJDWH WKRVHULVNVRIKDUPRUULVNVRIGLVRUGHUO\ZLQGGRZQ\$Q\ DGGLWLRQDORZQIXQGVQHHGHGRYHUDQGDERYHWKH2ZQ IXQGVUHTXLUHPHQWWRFRYHUWKLVLGHQWLILHGUHVLGXDOULVNLV KHOGXQGHUWKH2ZQ)XQGV7KUHVKROG5HTXLUHPHQW

3DULVDOLJQPHQW

'Paris alignment' refers to the alignment of public and SULYDWHILQDQFLDOIORZVZLWKWKHREMHFWLYHVRIWKH3DULV \$JUHHPHQWRQFOLPDWHFKDQJH\$UWLFOHFRIWKH3DULV \$JUHHPHQWGHILQHVWKLVDOLJQPHQWDVPDNLQJILQDQFHIORZV FRQVLVWHQWZLWKDSDWKZD\WRZDUGVORZJUHHQKRXVHJDV HPLVVLRQVDQGFOLPDWHUHVLOLHQWGHYHORSPHQW\$OLJQPHQWLQ WKLVZD\ZLOOKHOSWRVFDOHXSWKHILQDQFLDOIORZVQHHGHGWR VWUHQJWKHQWKHJOREDOUHVSRQVHWRWKHWKUHDWRIFOLPDWH FKDQJH

**3KRHQL[RU3KRHQL[*URXS**

3KRHQL[*URXS+ROGLQJVSOFRU3KRHQL[*URXS+ROGLQJVSOF DQGLWVVXEVLGLDULHV

6LJQLILFDQWOLVWHGLQYHVWPHQWV

5HODWHVWRRXULQYHVWPHQWVLQ+')&\$VVHW0DQDJHPHQW +')&/LIHDQG3KRHQL[)DLUYDOXHPRYHPHQWVDQG GLYLGHQGLQFRPHUHODWLQJWRWKHVHLQYHVWPHQWVDUHWUHDWHG DVDGMXVWLQJLWHPVIRUWKHSXUSRVHRIGHWHUPLQLQJWKH Group's adjusted profit. 2XUUHPDLQLQJVWDNHVLQ+')& \$VVHW0DQDJHPHQWDQG+')&/LIHZHUHVROGGXULQJ+ \$W'HFHPEHU 3KRHQL[LVWKHRQO\VLJQLILFDQW OLVWHGLQYHVWPHQW

6XERUGLQDWHGOLDELOLWLHV

6XERUGLQDWHGOLDELOLWLHVDUHGHEWVRIDFRPSDQ\ZKLFKLQ WKHHYHQWRIOLTXLGDWLRQUDQNEHORZLWVRWKHUGHEWVEXW DERYHVKDUHFDSLWDO7KH)L[HG5DWH5HVHW3HUSHWXDO 6XERUGLQDWHG&RQWLQJHQW&RQYHUWLEOH1RWHVLVVXHGE\WKH &RPSDQ\LQ'HFHPEHUDUHFODVVLILHGDVRWKHUHTXLW\ DVQRFRQWUDFWXDOREOLJDWLRQWRGHOLYHUFDVKH[LVWV

Shareholder information

Registered office

1 George Street Edinburgh EH2 2LL Scotland

*ORVVDU\FRQWLQXHG

WKHUHVWRIWKHJURXS

1HWRSHUDWLQJUHYHQXH

SDVVHGWRWKHSURGXFWSURYLGHU

1HWRSHUDWLQJUHYHQXH\LHOGESV 7KHQHWRSHUDWLQJUHYHQXH\LHOGLVDPHDVXUHWKDW LOOXVWUDWHVWKHDYHUDJHPDUJLQEHLQJHDUQHGRQWKHDVVHWV WKDWZHPDQDJHDGPLQLVWHURUDGYLVHRXUFOLHQWVRQ H[FOXGLQJLQWHUDFWLYHLQYHVWRU,WLVFDOFXODWHGDVDQQXDOLVHG QHWRSHUDWLQJUHYHQXHH[FOXGLQJSHUIRUPDQFHIHHVLL

DQGUHYHQXHIRUZKLFKWKHUHDUHQRDWWULEXWDEOHDVVHWV

H[FOXGHGIURPWKHFDOFXODWLRQRIQHWRSHUDWLQJUHYHQXH \LHOGDVIHHVFKDUJHGIRUWKLVEXVLQHVVDUHSULPDULO\IURP

2SHUDWLRQDOHPLVVLRQVDUHWKHJUHHQKRXVHJDVHPLVVLRQV UHODWHGWRWKHRSHUDWLRQVRIRXUEXVLQHVV7KH\DUH FDWHJRULVHGLQWRWKUHHJURXSVRU'VFRSHV' LQDOLJQPHQWZLWK WKH*UHHQKRXVH*DV3URWRFRO &RUSRUDWH\$FFRXQWLQJDQG

GLYLGHGE\PRQWKO\DYHUDJHIHHEDVHGDVVHWVLL

VXEVFULSWLRQVDQGWUDGLQJWUDQVDFWLRQV

1HW=HUR'LUHFWHG,QYHVWLQJ

LQIOXHQFHFRUSRUDWHVDQGSROLF\PDNHUV

1HW]HUR

8QGHU,)35WKH2ZQ)XQGV5HTXLUHPHQWLVWKHKLJKHURI WKHSHUPDQHQWPLQLPXPFDSLWDOUHTXLUHPHQWWKHIL[HG RYHUKHDGUHTXLUHPHQWVDQGWKH.IDFWRUUHTXLUHPHQW 7KH.IDFWRUUHTXLUHPHQWLVWKHVXPRI5LVNWR&OLHQW

3KRHQL[*URXS+ROGLQJVSOFRU3KRHQL[*URXS+ROGLQJVSOF

DVQRFRQWUDFWXDOREOLJDWLRQWRGHOLYHUFDVKH[LVWV

5LVNWR0DUNHWDQG5LVNWR)LUP.IDFWRUV

2ZQ)XQGV7KUHVKROG5HTXLUHPHQW

ZRUNLQJIURPKRPHHPLVVLRQV

2ZQ)XQGV 5HTXLUHPHQW

3DULVDOLJQPHQW

DQGLWVVXEVLGLDULHV

OLVWHGLQYHVWPHQW

6XERUGLQDWHGOLDELOLWLHV

3KRHQL[RU3KRHQL[*URXS

6LJQLILFDQWOLVWHGLQYHVWPHQWV

FKDQJH

1HWIORZV

5HODWHVWRLLH[FOXGLQJ3HUVRQDO:HDOWK

2SHUDWLRQDOHPLVVLRQV

Company registration number: SC286832

Secretary: Julian Baddeley

Registrar: Equiniti

Auditors: KPMG LLP

Solicitors: Slaughter and May

Brokers: JP Morgan Cazenove, Goldman Sachs

Shareholder services

We offer a wide range of shareholder services. For more information, please:

Contact our registrar, Equiniti, who manage this service for us. Theirfulldetails can be found on the inside back cover.
For shareholder services call: +44 (0)371 384 2464*
Visit our share portal at www.abrdnshares.com
* Calls are monitored/recorded to meet regulatory obligations and for training and quality purposes. Call charges will vary.

A Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRIP) is provided by Equiniti Financial Services Limited. The DRIP enables the Company's shareholders to elect to have their cash dividend payments used to purchase the Company's shares. More information can be found at www.abrdnshares.com

Sign up for Ecommunications

Signing up means:

You'll receive an email when documents like the annual report and accounts, Half year results and AGM guide are available on our website.
Voting instructions for the Annual General Meeting will be sent to you electronically.

Set up a share portal account

Having a share portal account means you can:

Manage your account at a time that suits you.
Download your documents when you need them.

Preventing unsolicited mail

By law, the Company has tomake certain details from its share register publicly available. As a result it is possible that some registered shareholders could receive unsolicited mail, emails or phone calls. You could also be targeted by fraudulent 'investment specialists', clone firms or scammers posing as government bodies e.g. HMRC, FCA. Frauds are becoming much more sophisticated and may use real company branding, the names of real employees or email addresses that appear to come from the company. If you get a social or email message andyou're

unsure if it is from us, you can send it to [email protected] and we'll let you know.

www.fca.org.uk/consumers/unauthorised-firms-individuals

www.iosco.org/investor_protection/?subsection=investor_ alerts_portal

You can find more information about share scams at the Financial Conduct Authority website www.fca.org.uk/consumers/scams

Financial calendar

Full year results 2023	27 February
Ex-dividend date for 2023 final dividend	14 March
Record date for 2023 final dividend	15 March
Last date for DRIP elections for 2023 final dividend	10 April
Annual General Meeting – Edinburgh	24 April
Dividend payment date for 2023 final dividend	30 April
Half year results 2024	6 August
Ex-dividend date for 2024 interim dividend	15 August
Record date for 2024 interim dividend	16 August
Last date for DRIP elections for 2024 interim dividend	4 September
Dividend payment date for 2024 interim dividend	24 September

Analysis of registered shareholdings at 31 December 2023

Range of shares	Number of holders	% of total holders	Number of shares	% of total shares
1-1,000	56,092	65.85	22,351,080	1.22
1,001-5,000	24,547	28.82	51,574,473	2.80
5,001-10,000	2,692	3.16	18,227,034	0.99
10,001-100,000	1,484	1.74	34,854,883	1.89
#100,001+	369	0.43	1,713,732,894	93.10
Total	85,184	100.00	1,840,740,364	100.00

These figures include the Company-sponsored nominee – the abrdn Share Account – which had 872,299participants holding629,199,041 shares.

Forward-looking statements

This document may contain certain 'forward-looking statements' with respect to the financial condition, performance, results, strategies, targets (including ESG targets), objectives, plans, goals and expectations of the Company and its affiliates. These forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate only to historical or current facts.

Forward-looking statements are prospective in nature and are not based on historical or current facts, but rather on current expectations, assumptions and projections of management of the abrdn Group about future events, and are therefore subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results to differ materially from the future results expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

For example but without limitation, statements containing words such as 'may', 'will', 'should', 'could', 'continues', 'aims', 'estimates', 'projects', 'believes', 'intends', 'expects', 'hopes', 'plans', 'pursues', 'ensure', 'seeks', 'targets' and 'anticipates', and words of similar meaning (including the negative of these terms), may be forward-looking. These statements are based on assumptions and assessments made by the Company in light of its experience and its perception of historical trends, current conditions, future developments and other factors it believes appropriate.

By their nature, all forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because they are based on information available at the time they are made, including current expectations and assumptions, and relate to future events and/or depend on circumstances which may be or are beyond the Group's control, including,among other things: UK domestic and global political, economic and business conditions (such as the UK's exit from the EU,the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraineand the ongoing conflicts in the Middle East); market related risks such as fluctuations in interest rates and exchange rates, and the performance of financial markets generally; the impact of inflation and deflation; the impact of competition; the timing, impact and other uncertainties associated with future acquisitions, disposals or combinations undertaken by the Company or its affiliates and/or within relevant industries; experience in particular with regard to mortality and morbidity trends, lapse rates and policy renewal rates; the value of and earnings from the Group's strategic investments and ongoing commercial relationships; default by counterparties; information technology or data security breaches (including the Group being subject to cyberattacks); operational information technology risks, including the Group's operations being highly dependent on its information technology systems (both internal and outsourced); natural or man-made catastrophic events; the impact of pandemics; climate change and a transition to a low-carbon economy (including the risk that the Group may not achieve its relevant ESG targets); exposure to third-party risks including as a result of outsourcing; the failure to attract or retain necessary key personnel; the policies and actions of regulatory authorities and the impact of changes in capital, solvency or accounting standards, ESG disclosure and reporting requirements,and tax and other legislation and regulations (including changes to the regulatory capital requirements) that the Group is subject to in the jurisdictions in which the Company and its affiliates operate. As a result, the Group's actual future financial condition, performance and results may differ materially from the plans, goals, objectives and expectations set forth in the forward-looking statements.

Neither the Company, nor any of its associates, directors, officers or advisers, provides any representation, assurance or guarantee that the occurrence of the events expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements in this document will actually occur. Persons receiving this document should not place reliance on forward-looking statements. All forwardlooking statements contained in this document are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section. Each forward-looking statement speaks only as at the date of the particular statement. Neither the Company nor its affiliates assume any obligation to update or correct any of the forward-looking statements contained in this document or any other forward-looking statements it or they may make (whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise), except as required by law. Past performance is not an indicator of future results and the results of the Company and its affiliates in this document may not be indicative of, and are not an estimate, forecast or projection of, the Company's or its affiliates' future results.

Notes

Forward-looking statements

set forth in the forward-looking statements.

forecast or projection of, the Company's or its affiliates' future results.

the future results expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

current conditions, future developments and other factors it believes appropriate.

facts.

requirements,and tax and other legislation and regulations (including changes to the regulatory capital requirements) that the Group is subject to in the jurisdictions in which the Company and its affiliates operate. As a result, the Group's actual future financial condition, performance and results may differ materially from the plans, goals, objectives and expectations

Notes

Contact us

Got a shareholder question? Contact our shareholder services team.

UK and overseas (excluding Germany and Austria)

phone	+44 (0)371 384 2464*
email	[email protected]
visit	www.abrdnshares.com
mail	abrdn Shareholder Services
	Aspect House
	Spencer Road
	Lancing, West Sussex
	BN99 6DA, United Kingdom

Germany and Austria

phone	+44 (0)371 384 2493*
email	[email protected]
visit	www.abrdnshares.com
mail	abrdn Shareholder Services
	Aspect House
	Spencer Road
	Lancing, West Sussex
	BN99 6DA, United Kingdom

* Calls are monitored/recorded to meet regulatory obligations and for training and quality purposes. Call charges will vary. s. Call charges will vary.

Extensive information, including many answers to frequently asked questions, can also be found online at www.abrdnshares.com

Published by Adare SEC (Nottingham) Limited

Please remember that the value of shares can go down as well as up and you may not get back the full amount invested or any income from it. All figures and share price information have been calculated as at 31 December 2023 (unless otherwise indicated).

This document has been published by abrdn plc for information only. It is based on our understanding as at February 2024 and does not provide financial or legal advice.

abrdn plc is registered in Scotland (SC286832) at 1 George Street, Edinburgh EH2 2LL.

UKSSR23 0224

AI Terminal

Abrdn PLC

4853_10-k_2024-03-20_861acfdc-065c-4904-b74d-0ae8fda7f5ac.pdf

Strategic report and financial highlights 2023

www.abrdn.com/annualreport

Our reporting suite

Sustainability and TCFD report

Stewardship report

Modern slavery statement

Contents

Highlights

abrdn is a modern investment company that helps clients and customers plan, save and invest for the future

Specialist asset management

Investments

Our clients:

Adjusted operating profit £50m

UK savings and wealth platforms

Our clients:

Adjusted operating profit £118m

AUMA £73.5bn

interactive investor (ii) 1

Our clients:

Our purpose To enable our clients to be better investors

What sets us apart

Shaped by our cultural commitments

Our strategy in action

Adapting to succeed in an evolving sector

Macroeconomic and geopolitical backdrop

UK Capital Market restructuring initiatives and demographic saving challenges

Progress on delivering on our strategic ambitions and performance in the year

Board

Outlook

Building a modern investment company

A platform for growth

2023 performance

A leaner and more relevant Investments business

Leading positions in the structurally attractive UK savings and wealth market

Disciplined capital management

Playing our part in creating a more sustainable world

The next phase of our progress

Building a modern investment company

Our strengths and resources

1

3

Democratisation of technology and investment

An efficient, diversified model

Strengthened, simplified business

Driving investment in long-term growth

Structured around three complementary businesses

Delivered through strong operational processes

Controlled processes

Efficient operations

Long-term value created

Investment in long-term growth

How we make money

Value shared with stakeholders

Clients

People

Society

Shareholders

A strategy for client-led growth

Progress

Progress

Alternatives

Progress

Progress

Our investments in action

Results impacted by continued challenging market conditions

£1,398m

Net operating revenue

£249m

Adjusted operating profit

82%

Cost/income ratio

(£6m)

IFRS loss before tax

(£13.9bn)

Net outflows (excl. liquidity and LBG tranche withdrawals)

Capital performance summary

£1,466m